{"title":"Boat Fenders","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"sea-dog-327110-1-rail-mount-loop-fender-cleat-with-clamcleat-cub-cleat-nylon-stainless-for-7-8-to-1-rails","title":"Sea-Dog Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder 327110-1 for 1\/8 to 1\/4 Inch Rope","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder (327110-1) is a compact, economical fitting that lets you attach fenders quickly using rope up to 1\/4 inch in diameter. It mounts to a boat's rail and includes a Clamcleat Cub Cleat-CL232 (002320), a jam-cleat style fitting that grips and releases the fender line without knots, so you can adjust fender height in seconds. The body is constructed of UV resistant injection molded nylon paired with stainless steel hardware, giving it long-term resistance to sun, salt spray, and marine weathering without corroding or becoming brittle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis cleat is designed specifically for fender lines and accepts rope from 1\/8 inch up to 1\/4 inch in diameter. It is a simple, low-cost way to keep fenders positioned and secure along a rail without drilling or permanent line splicing. Sea-Dog also offers related rail mount accessories, including a rail mount cleat, fairlead, hooks, and holders, sold as separate part numbers for different mounting and rigging needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 327110-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Cleat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clamcleat Cub Cleat-CL232 (002320)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection Molded Nylon with Stainless Steel Hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Size (A):\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 inch - 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension (B):\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch - 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.23 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-In\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV resistant nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514327046\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal Fit (boat rail mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal rail mount accessory; fits boat rails accepting standard rail mount hardware. Not vehicle- or engine-specific.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rope does the Sea-Dog 327110-1 rail mount cleat accept?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder (327110-1) accepts fender rope from 1\/8 inch up to 1\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat cleat mechanism is included with part number 327110-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e It includes a Clamcleat Cub Cleat-CL232, a jam-cleat style fitting that grips the fender line and releases it with a simple pull, so no knot-tying is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 327110-1 fender cleat made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 327110-1 is built from UV resistant injection molded nylon with stainless steel hardware, giving it corrosion resistance for saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Sea-Dog Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This fender cleat, Sea-Dog part number 327110-1, weighs 0.23 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 327110-1 mounted on a boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a rail mount fitting, installed with screw-in hardware onto a boat's rail, and is dimensioned to fit rails in the 7\/8 inch to 1 inch range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this cleat resistant to sun and saltwater exposure?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the nylon body of the 327110-1 is UV resistant, and the hardware is stainless steel, so it holds up to sun and marine spray without becoming brittle or rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Sea-Dog 327110-1 work with any boat rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a universal fit rail mount accessory intended for attachment to a boat's rail rather than a specific make, model, or engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Sea-Dog Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327110-1 fender cleat is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 327110-1 the same as the Sea-Dog Rail Mount Cleat 327111-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, they are different part numbers. The 327110-1 is a loop cleat fender holder built around a Clamcleat Cub Cleat-CL232 for fender lines up to 1\/4 inch, while the 327111-1 is a separate rail mount cleat with a Heavy Duty Cleat, sized differently and intended for a broader range of tie-down uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with the 327110-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog Rail Mount Loop Cleat Fender Holder ships with the mounting body and its integrated Clamcleat Cub Cleat-CL232 (002320) fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 327110-1 a genuine Sea-Dog part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 327110-1 is the genuine Sea-Dog manufacturer part number for this rail mount loop cleat fender holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this cleat primarily used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 327110-1 is primarily used to attach and adjust boat fenders along a rail using rope up to 1\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988680585435,"sku":"S-D-327110-1","price":13.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/4645.jpg?v=1784427339"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-327359-1-rail-mount-dual-fender-holder-9-1-2-inch-304-stainless-steel-for-7-8-to-1-inch-rails","title":"Sea-Dog Rail Mount Dual Fender Holder, 9-1\/2 Inch, 304 Stainless Steel, Fits 7\/8-1 Inch Rail","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Rail Mount Dual Fender Holder (327359-1) clamps onto boat railing to hold two fenders at any angle, keeping them positioned exactly where you need them along the hull. It is built for 7\/8 inch to 1 inch diameter tubing and adjusts to match the angle of the rail it is mounted on, so it sits flush and secure on straight runs, corners, or angled rail sections alike. This 9-1\/2 inch size holder is one of a range of Sea-Dog rail mount fender holders offered in different lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction is formed 304 stainless steel, chosen for its resistance to corrosion in salt and fresh water environments, so the holder stands up to continuous marine exposure without rusting or pitting. Installation is straightforward: the mount clamps directly to the rail with no drilling required, and the holder folds flat against the rail for compact storage when fenders are not in use. It works with any style of fender, though fenders themselves are sold separately and not included with this holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 327359-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount Dual Fender Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength (A):\u003c\/strong\u003e 9-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Diameter Fit (B):\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch to 1 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.32 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Formed 304 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFenders Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e No\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514327893\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eUniversal fit for boat rails measuring 7\/8 inch to 1 inch in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rail does the Sea-Dog 327359-1 fender holder fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e This holder is made for rail tubing measuring 7\/8 inch to 1 inch in diameter, and it adjusts to match whatever angle that rail section runs at.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Sea-Dog 327359-1 fender holder?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 9-1\/2 inches, the middle size in Sea-Dog's rail mount dual fender holder lineup, which also includes a 7-1\/2 inch and an 11-1\/2 inch version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this fender holder come with fenders?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, fenders are not included with the Sea-Dog 327359-1; it holds fenders you already own or purchase separately, and it works with any style of fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the fender holder made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 327359-1 is constructed of formed 304 stainless steel, a corrosion resistant grade suited to continuous salt and fresh water exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 327359-1 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 2.32 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the holder mount to the boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It clamps directly onto rail tubing between 7\/8 inch and 1 inch in diameter, with no drilling required to install it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this holder be adjusted to angled rail sections?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Sea-Dog 327359-1 adjusts to any angle of railing, so it mounts securely on straight runs, corners, or slanted rail sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fender holder fold down when not holding a fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it folds flat against the rail for compact storage when it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fenders does this holder hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327359-1 is a dual fender holder, meaning it is designed to hold two fenders at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Sea-Dog 327359-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC is 035514327893.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 327359-1 different from Sea-Dog's other rail mount fender holders?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is the 9-1\/2 inch length version; Sea-Dog also offers a 7-1\/2 inch holder (327357-1) and an 11-1\/2 inch holder (327361-1) for the same 7\/8 inch to 1 inch rail tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988752642267,"sku":"S-D-327359-1","price":121.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/5576.jpg?v=1784428743"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-327234-1-nylon-loop-cleat-clamcleat-cl223w-white-fender-line-cleat-for-1-8-to-1-4-in-rope","title":"Sea-Dog Nylon Fender Cleat 327234-1, White, for 1\/4 to 1\/2 Inch Line","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Nylon Fender Cleat (327234-1) is a compact cam-style cleat used to lock off fender lines, flag halyards, and other small-diameter rope on board. It accepts line from 1\/4 inch up to 1\/2 inch in diameter, letting one cleat handle a range of fender and accessory line sizes without needing a separate cleat for each rope thickness. The cleat is molded in white nylon for a clean look that blends with white hull sides, rail systems, and cockpit trim, and it uses a J-hook style fastener for mounting. This design lets a boat owner drop a fender line into the cleat and cam it in place quickly, then release it just as fast when repositioning fenders or stowing gear, which is especially useful when docking or rafting up where fenders need frequent adjustment. Because it is a simple mechanical cleat with no moving springs or electronics, it holds up well to sun, saltwater spray, and repeated use. At 0.132 pounds it is lightweight enough to mount on rails, gunwales, or cockpit surfaces without adding noticeable weight, and it ships as a single cleat (unit count of 1) ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 327234-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e J-Hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Line Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch to 1\/2 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.132 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 cleat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Vehicle Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514327169\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat line diameter does the Sea-Dog 327234-1 fender cleat accept?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog Nylon Fender Cleat 327234-1 is rated for line from 1\/4 inch up to 1\/2 inch in diameter, covering most common fender and accessory line sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this cleat made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is molded from nylon, which resists sun and saltwater exposure better than untreated metal fittings and will not corrode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 327234-1 fender cleat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is finished in white, matching typical white hull, rail, and cockpit trim on most boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Sea-Dog 327234-1 mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e The cleat uses a J-hook style fastener for attachment rather than a standard screw-down base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this fender cleat weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog 327234-1 weighs 0.132 pounds, making it light enough for rail or gunwale mounting without adding noticeable weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order part number 327234-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order includes one Sea-Dog nylon fender cleat, listed with a package quantity of 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this cleat be used for anything besides fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, a cam-style cleat like the 327234-1 can also secure flag halyards, canvas tie-downs, and other small-diameter line, not just fender lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog 327234-1 genuine Sea-Dog hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 327234-1 is the manufacturer part number assigned directly by Sea-Dog for this nylon fender cleat, not an aftermarket copy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this cleat work on a boat with a black or dark colored rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327234-1 is molded in white, so it will contrast against dark rails and hull surfaces rather than blend in; buyers wanting a different finish should confirm color before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the rope release easily from this cleat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The cam action of a cleat like the Sea-Dog 327234-1 is designed to grip line under load while still allowing quick release when repositioning fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988754673883,"sku":"S-D-327234-1","price":10.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/4645_4ee17092-49d7-4d80-9fd8-86d6fc970928.jpg?v=1784428770"},{"product_id":"sea-dog-327200-1-rail-mount-loop-cleat-fender-holder-oem-702769-fits-7-8in-1in-rails-and-3-16in-1-4in-lifelines-white-marine-nylon-pair","title":"Sea-Dog Fendermate 327200-1 Nylon Fender Bracket for 7\/8 to 1 Inch Rail and 1\/4 to 5\/16 Inch Line, White (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sea-Dog Fendermate 327200-1 is an adjustable fender bracket built to hold boat fenders securely at the correct height on rail or lifeline mounting. Made of marine grade reinforced injection molded nylon, the clamp body resists corrosion and UV breakdown better than metal hardware while still standing up to constant flexing and sun exposure at the dock or underway. It clamps directly onto 7\/8 inch or 1 inch round tubing, or onto 3\/16 inch or 1\/4 inch lifeline wire, making it a fit for the most common railing and lifeline diameters found on recreational boats. A rope or line size of 1\/4 inch to 5\/16 inch runs through the bracket to suspend the fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe design uses a unique double locking action: the first lock clamps the bracket onto the rail or wire while still allowing the fender height to be freely adjusted up or down. Once the fender sits at the desired height, a second locking action clamps down on the rope quickly and securely, so the fender stays in place instead of sliding or slipping. This two-step process makes it fast to reposition fenders when docking on different sides or at different tide heights, without needing tools. Finished in white, the bracket is sold as a pair (two brackets) and each bracket weighs 0.272 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sea-Dog\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 327200-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fendermate fender bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine grade reinforced injection molded nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail\/Tubing Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch and 1 inch round tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifeline Wire Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/16 inch and 1\/4 inch wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope\/Line Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch to 5\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double locking clamp action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.272 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold As:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 brackets)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 035514327121\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Cross Reference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 702769\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRail or tubing diameter: 7\/8 inch or 1 inch round tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifeline wire diameter: 3\/16 inch or 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFender line\/rope diameter: 1\/4 inch to 5\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e702769\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Sea-Dog Fendermate 327200-1 fit onto?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fendermate 327200-1 clamps onto 7\/8 inch or 1 inch round tubing, and also onto 3\/16 inch or 1\/4 inch lifeline wire, covering the most common boat railing and lifeline sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs part 702769 the same as the Sea-Dog 327200-1?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 702769 is the OEM cross-reference number for the Sea-Dog Fendermate 327200-1 fender bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rope or line diameter works with this fender bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327200-1 accepts a fender line diameter of 1\/4 inch to 5\/16 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many brackets come in one order?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fendermate 327200-1 is sold as a pair, so two fender brackets are included per order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Sea-Dog Fendermate made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of marine grade reinforced injection molded nylon, chosen for corrosion resistance and durability in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the fender height adjust once the bracket is mounted?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327200-1 uses a double locking action: the first lock secures the bracket to the rail or wire while still allowing the fender height to be freely raised or lowered, and the second lock clamps the rope once the height is set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does one Sea-Dog 327200-1 bracket weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Fendermate 327200-1 bracket weighs 0.272 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 327200-1 fender bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Sea-Dog Fendermate 327200-1 is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this bracket be used on a boat with 1 inch diameter rails?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 327200-1 is designed to clamp securely onto 1 inch round tubing as well as 7\/8 inch tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 327200-1 work on lifeline wire instead of a tube rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, in addition to round tubing, the Fendermate 327200-1 clamps onto 3\/16 inch or 1\/4 inch lifeline wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Sea-Dog Fendermate genuine Sea-Dog hardware or an aftermarket copy?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 327200-1 is a genuine Sea-Dog manufactured part, identified by manufacturer part number 327200-1 and UPC 035514327121.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fender bracket come with tools required for installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e No tools are required; the double locking action of the 327200-1 is designed for tool-free hand clamping onto the rail, wire, and fender line.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sea-Dog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48988754706651,"sku":"S-D-327200-1","price":15.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/4645_ed3d06da-e129-4ff4-8b6d-5fff30674350.jpg?v=1784428778"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1001-stainless-steel-fender-lock-peg-set-universal-boat-fender-mount-for-lines-up-to-1-2","title":"Taylor Made Products 1001 Stainless Steel Boat Fender Lock and Peg, Fits Fender Lines up to 1\/2 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1001 Stainless Steel Fender Lock and Peg is a simple, durable way to keep boat fenders securely positioned along the rail while docking, mooring, or rafting up. The set pairs a fixed mounting lock with a one-way locking adjustment peg, so once a fender line is set at the height you want, it stays there instead of sliding up and down the rail with every wave or wake. The lock and peg are made from stainless steel for corrosion resistance in saltwater and freshwater marine environments, with a polished silver finish that matches other stainless hardware on deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe peg accepts fender lines up to 1\/2 inch in diameter, covering the sizing used on most common boat fenders. Mounting screws are included, so the set installs directly onto a rail, hull, or mounting surface with basic hand tools. The one-way locking design means the peg can be adjusted to set the fender height, then locks in place to resist accidental loosening. This is a universal-fit accessory, intended to work with fender lines generally rather than a single boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1001\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Line Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1\/2 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screw-In\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Lock, Fender Peg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal Fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size fender lines does the Taylor Made 1001 fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1001 fender lock and peg accepts fender lines up to 1\/2 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with part number 1001?\u003c\/strong\u003e The set includes a fender lock and a fender peg, along with mounting screws for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1001 fender lock adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it uses a one-way locking adjustment peg, so the fender line height can be set and it locks in place to resist slipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 1001 fender lock made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from stainless steel with a polished silver finish, chosen for corrosion resistance in marine environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fender lock fit a specific boat make or model?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Taylor Made 1001 is a universal-fit accessory designed to work with standard fender lines rather than a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 1001 fender lock installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a screw-in installation, using the mounting screws included with the fender lock and peg set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1001 fender lock weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete fender lock and peg set weighs 0.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the peg be removed or is it a fixed mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1001 set combines a mounted lock with a locking peg for the fender line; the peg locks in one direction once the desired height is set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and finish does the 1001 fender lock come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a polished silver finish, matching typical stainless steel marine hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use a fender lock and peg instead of just tying off a fender line?\u003c\/strong\u003e A locking peg like the Taylor Made 1001 holds the fender line at a set height so it does not slide along the rail during docking, mooring, or rafting, which a simple tied-off line can allow.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989521969371,"sku":"NAT-1001","price":42.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__22901.1763741553.500.750.jpg?v=1785188698"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1005-hand-pump-with-hose-adapter-for-inflating-boat-fenders-buoys-water-toys-abs-plastic-made-in-usa","title":"Taylor Made Hand Pump with Hose Adapter, ABS Plastic, for Boat Fenders and Water Toys","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made hand pump with hose adapter (part number 1005) is a compact, handheld inflator built for boaters who need a quick way to top off air pressure in fenders, buoys, and water toys. Measuring just 8 inches long and 1.5 inches in diameter, it is small enough to stow in a helm compartment, tackle box, or storage locker without taking up meaningful space. The pump is molded from ABS plastic for durability in a marine environment, and it is rated to a maximum pressure of 150 pounds per square inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA key feature of this pump is its integrated hose adapter, which lets you reach valves that are recessed or otherwise hard to access, a common problem when inflating boat fenders and buoys with tight or angled inflation ports. Operation is fully manual and handheld, so no battery, compressor, or power source is required, making it a reliable backup even when other inflation equipment is unavailable. Each order includes one hand pump with hose adapter, and the unit is manufactured in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat Fenders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches L x 1.5 inches W x 1.5 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150 pounds per square inch (PSI)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOperation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manual, handheld\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hand Pump, Hose Adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011321053\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made 1005 hand pump used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a manual hand pump used to inflate boat fenders, buoys, and water toys, and to add quick air pressure adjustments to those items while on board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this pump come with a hose adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 1005 includes an attached hose adapter that lets you reach valves that are recessed or otherwise hard to access on fenders and buoys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of part number 1005?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made hand pump measures 8 inches long by 1.5 inches wide by 1.5 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the pump made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1005 hand pump is constructed of ABS plastic, chosen for durability in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum pressure rating of this pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made hand pump is rated to a maximum pressure of 150 pounds per square inch (PSI).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1005 a manual or powered pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a manual, handheld pump that requires no battery or compressor to operate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made hand pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pump is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1005 hand pump weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order part number 1005?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order includes one Taylor Made hand pump with hose adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1005 hand pump made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made hand pump with hose adapter is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this pump inflate items with hard-to-reach valves?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the hose adapter on the Taylor Made 1005 is specifically designed to reach valves that are difficult to access directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this pump work on buoys and water toys, or only fenders?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1005 hand pump is used for fenders, buoys, and water toys, not just boat fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663461595,"sku":"NAT-1005","price":16.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-2__33079.1763741545.500.750.jpg?v=1785189030"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-hull-gard-inflatable-boat-fender-white-6-1-2-x-23-mpn-1023-for-boats-20-to-25","title":"Taylor Made Products Hull Gard Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender, White, 6-1\/2 Inch x 23 Inch, for Boats 20 to 25 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender (part number 1023) is an inflatable, cylindrical boat fender built to keep hull sides protected from dock rash and rub against pilings. It measures 6-1\/2 inches in diameter by 23 inches in length, sized for boats from 20 to 25 feet long. The fender uses a unique oval shape rather than a perfectly round cross-section, which helps it resist rolling out of position so it stays where you hang it along the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstruction is tough marine-grade vinyl finished with True Color technology for a deep, consistent white that resists fading from sun and saltwater exposure. A 5\/8 inch double eyelet configuration lets you hang the fender vertically or horizontally, so it adapts to different rail heights and docking setups. Each fender arrives custom inflated to the correct pressure, so it is ready to hang and use straight out of the box without a separate pump or gauge. The Hull Gard 1023 is made in the USA and backed by a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting, giving boat owners long-term confidence in everyday fendering duty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1023\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical (Hull Gard) inflatable boat fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter x Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-1\/2 inches x 23 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 feet to 25 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEyelet Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/8 inch double eyelet, vertical or horizontal hanging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.08 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Hull-Gard fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1023 Hull Gard fender designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This fender is sized for boats 20 to 25 feet long, with a body measuring 6-1\/2 inches in diameter by 23 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hull Gard fender arrive ready to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Hull Gard 1023 is custom inflated to the correct pressure at the factory and ships inflated, so no pump or gauge is needed before hanging it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the Hull Gard fender shaped the way it is instead of perfectly round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hull Gard 1023 uses a unique oval shape specifically to prevent the fender from rolling out of position, keeping it in place against the hull for consistent protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Taylor Made 1023 fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from tough marine-grade vinyl, finished with Taylor Made's True Color technology for a deep, long-lasting white color.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fender be hung both vertically and horizontally?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1023 fender has a 5\/8 inch double eyelet configuration that supports either vertical or horizontal hanging depending on your rail setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Hull Gard 1023 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Hull Gard fender, part number 1023, weighs 2.08 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made Hull Gard fender made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Hull Gard 1023 is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the Hull Gard 1023 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is backed by a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options does part number 1023 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This specific listing, part number 1023, is white; Taylor Made offers the Hull Gard fender line in other colors under different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the Hull Gard 1023?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order includes one Hull-Gard fender, custom inflated and ready to hang.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663527131,"sku":"NAT-1023","price":32.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41Gy4Bc2t6S_ef70361f-c834-43ed-bd83-610f2156af49.jpg?v=1784486389"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-hull-gard-inflatable-boat-fender-10-1-2-x-30-mpn-1024-fits-boats-35-to-50-ft","title":"Taylor Made Products Hull Gard Vinyl Boat Fender, 10-1\/2 x 30 Inch, Fits Boats 35 to 50 Feet, Part 1024","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender, part number 1024, is a cylindrical inflatable vinyl fender sized 10-1\/2 inches by 30 inches, sized for boats in the 35 foot to 50 foot range. Taylor Made recommends running 2 fenders of this size per boat in that length range for proper hull protection along the dock or at a slip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt from vinyl for softness combined with puncture and abrasion resistance, the Hull Gard fender cushions the hull against pilings, dock edges, and other vessels. It inflates through a rubber football-style needle valve, letting you adjust firmness to match conditions and the level of protection needed. Each fender is backed by a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting, and it is made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause fender sizing is matched to boat length, choosing the correct size and running enough fenders is important to keep the hull protected; the 10-1\/2 x 30 inch size (part 1024) is Taylor Made's recommendation for the 35 to 50 foot boat range, with larger sizes such as the 12 x 34 inch fender recommended for boats from 50 to 60 feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1024\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical Boat Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10-1\/2 inches x 30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35 feet to 50 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fenders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.19 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011310248\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber needle valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1024 fender designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1024 is sized for boats from 35 feet to 50 feet, per Taylor Made's fender size chart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of fender 1024?\u003c\/strong\u003e This fender measures 10-1\/2 inches by 30 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many of these fenders do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made recommends 2 fenders of the 10-1\/2 x 30 inch size (part 1024) for boats in the 35 to 50 foot range as a minimum for proper hull protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Hull Gard fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hull Gard fender, including part 1024, is made from vinyl for a combination of softness and puncture\/abrasion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflation is through a rubber football-style needle valve, which lets you adjust the firmness of the fender to the level of protection needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the Taylor Made Hull Gard fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Hull Gard fender carries a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Taylor Made Hull Gard fender manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat shape is part number 1024?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a cylindrical fender, 10-1\/2 inches in diameter by 30 inches long, rather than a round or oval fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for part 1024?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the 10-1\/2 x 30 inch Hull Gard fender, part 1024, is 040011310248.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size fender should I use for a bigger boat, up to 60 feet?\u003c\/strong\u003e For boats from 50 to 60 feet, Taylor Made's chart recommends a larger 12 x 34 inch fender instead of the 10-1\/2 x 30 inch part 1024.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 1024 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10-1\/2 x 30 inch Hull Gard fender, part 1024, weighs 5.19 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663690971,"sku":"NAT-1024","price":200.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41Gy4Bc2t6S_f4692cf1-fc01-410c-80f6-8c4e8d1bd8bb.jpg?v=1784486395"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1009-extra-locking-peg-for-boat-fender-lock-1010-reinforced-nylon","title":"Taylor Made Extra Locking Peg #1009 for Boat Fender Lock #1010, Nylon","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made #1009 is an extra locking peg for the Taylor Made Fender Lock Set #1010, sold individually so boaters can add a second adjustment point or replace a lost or worn peg without buying a whole new lock set. It is built from injection-molded reinforced nylon for long-term durability in a marine environment, and its internal teeth grip firmly onto the fender line so the fender stays securely positioned at the height you set it. The housing is vented, which keeps water from accumulating and pooling inside the fender tube, protecting the peg and extending its service life. This peg accepts rope or line up to 3\/4 inch in diameter and is designed for use with fenders that have 1\/2 inch diameter tubing, matching the sizing of the companion #1010 Fender Lock Set. It is finished in white to blend in with Taylor Made fenders and most boat fender lines. Each order includes one locking peg only; it does not include the lock body. This is a simple, purpose-built accessory for boaters who want a spare or replacement peg on hand, or who are outfitting a second fender line and need an additional adjustment peg to match their existing #1010 lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1009\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon (injection-molded reinforced nylon)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.94 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.02 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope\/Line Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accepts line up to 3\/4 inch in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Tubing Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e For fenders with 1\/2 inch diameter tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Fender Lock Set #1010\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVented Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, vented to prevent water accumulation in the fender tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 locking peg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011321091\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made #1009 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #1009 is a single replacement or additional locking peg for the Taylor Made Fender Lock Set #1010; it lets you adjust a boat fender's height on the line and re-secure it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the #1009 come with a lock body?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. The #1009 is the peg only, not the full lock assembly. The complete lock-and-peg unit is sold as the Taylor Made Fender Lock Set #1010.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rope or line diameter does this peg accept?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made #1009 locking peg accepts line up to 3\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat fender tubing size is the #1009 peg designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This peg is designed for fenders with 1\/2 inch diameter tubing, matching the sizing of the Taylor Made #1010 Fender Lock Set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the locking peg made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from injection-molded reinforced nylon, chosen for durability in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the peg keep the fender in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e Internal teeth on the #1009 peg grip the rope firmly, which locks the fender at the height it has been set to on the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the peg vented?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made #1009 peg is vented so water does not accumulate inside the fender tube, which helps prevent damage and extends the part's usable life.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the #1009 locking peg?\u003c\/strong\u003e The peg is white, matching the color of most Taylor Made fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pegs are included in an order?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order of part number 1009 includes one locking peg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the #1009 peg?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made #1009 measures 4.88 inches in length by 1.94 inches in width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the #1009 an OEM Taylor Made part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, 1009 is the genuine Taylor Made manufacturer part number for this locking peg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the #1009 be used with a fender lock other than the #1010?\u003c\/strong\u003e The #1009 peg is designed to match the Taylor Made Fender Lock Set #1010; no other lock compatibility is specified for this part.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663723739,"sku":"NAT-1009","price":3.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__35826.1757600006.500.750.jpg?v=1785188111"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1021-hull-gard-inflatable-vinyl-boat-fender-4-5-x-16-white-boats-10-15-ft","title":"Taylor Made Products 1021 Hull Gard Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender, 4-1\/2 x 16 Inch, White, Fits Boats 10 to 15 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1021 Hull Gard is an inflatable vinyl boat fender measuring 4-1\/2 inches in diameter by 16 inches long, sized for boats 10 feet to 15 feet. It ships custom inflated and ready to hang, with a rubber football needle valve on all sizes so owners can adjust firmness to suit their application; recommended inflation is 2 psi. The fender uses an oval design rather than a round cross-section, which helps keep it from rolling out of position along the hull and reduces hull rub compared to a fender that can roll. Reinforced molded-in construction is built to withstand the constant pull of everyday docking and fendering use. The 1021 is finished in white and is covered by a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting. It is made in the U.S.A. Boaters selecting a fender size are advised to survey their docking area to see what fender size and quantity other boats of similar size and weight are using, and use that as a guideline for their own setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical boat fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 feet to 15 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oval, anti-roll design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber football needle valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Inflation:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011310217\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1021 Hull Gard fender designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1021 is recommended for boats 10 feet to 15 feet long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 1021 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1021 measures 4-1\/2 inches in diameter by 16 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 1021 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1021 weighs 1.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 1021 Hull Gard fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e This part number, 1021, is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Hull Gard fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from vinyl with reinforced molded-in construction designed to withstand the constant pull of everyday fendering use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 1021 fender come inflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 1021 ships custom inflated and ready to hang.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat inflation pressure should I use for the 1021 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended inflation for the 1021 is 2 psi, adjustable through its rubber football needle valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the 1021 fender oval instead of round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval shape of the 1021 is designed to prevent the fender from rolling out of position and to reduce hull rub compared to a fender that rolls freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of valve does the 1021 fender use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1021 uses a rubber football needle valve for easy inflation, allowing the firmness to be adjusted for different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1021 fender covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 1021 carries a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Taylor Made 1021 fender made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1021 Hull Gard fender is made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I pick the right fender size, and is the 1021 the right one for my boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made recommends surveying your docking area to see what fender size and quantity similarly sized boats are using as a guideline; the 1021 covers the 10 foot to 15 foot boat range at 4-1\/2 inches by 16 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663756507,"sku":"NAT-1021","price":16.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61gHvGvNCuL.jpg?v=1784486398"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1015-tidy-ups-boat-fender-adjuster-white-standard-rail-size","title":"Taylor Made Products Tidy-Ups Fender Adjuster, White Vinyl, Standard Rail Size (Part No. 1015)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Tidy-Ups Fender Adjuster (part number 1015) is a white vinyl fender adjuster built for standard rail size boats. It lets you raise or lower a fender line quickly to match changing dock heights, so your boat stays protected against pilings and dock edges without constantly retying lines by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjuster is built around a PVC mounting strap that snaps directly over your boat's railing or cleats and holds lines up to 5\/8 inch in diameter. It ships with a 6 foot 3\/8 inch polypropylene rope that has a pre-spliced end, which prevents fraying and kinking and makes threading the fender line fast and clean. The white color is designed to match Taylor Made's color-coordinated fender line, so the finished look stays consistent with the rest of your fender setup. The adjuster is made in the USA to Taylor Made's standard construction quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the standard rail size version of the Tidy-Ups adjuster, intended for typical boat railings rather than the larger rail size covered by a different Taylor Made part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1015\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Line Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.28 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011285324\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rail size does the Taylor Made 1015 fender adjuster fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Tidy-Ups fender adjuster, part number 1015, is designed for standard rail size boats rather than the larger rail size covered by a different Taylor Made part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the fender adjuster attach to the boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e A PVC mounting strap on part number 1015 snaps directly over the boat's railing or cleats, giving a secure hold without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size fender line can I use with this adjuster?\u003c\/strong\u003e The mounting strap on the 1015 fender adjuster holds lines up to 5\/8 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Taylor Made 1015 come with a rope included?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it ships with a 6 foot 3\/8 inch polypropylene rope that has a pre-spliced end to prevent kinking during threading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 1015?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1015 is white vinyl, matched to Taylor Made's color-coordinated fender line system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fender adjuster made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Tidy-Ups fender adjuster is made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1015 fender adjuster weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.28 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a fender adjuster used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A fender adjuster like the Taylor Made 1015 lets a boater quickly raise or lower a fender's hanging position to match different dock heights, protecting the hull without retying the line each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to install the 1015 fender adjuster?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the PVC mounting strap simply snaps over the boat's railing or cleats, so no tools are required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the rope pre-spliced or do I need to finish the end myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e The included 6 foot 3\/8 inch polypropylene rope has a pre-spliced end already finished to prevent kinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Taylor Made 1015 fender adjuster?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for this white vinyl, standard rail size fender adjuster is 040011285324.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663822043,"sku":"NAT-1015","price":18.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71P_jiXh1ML.jpg?v=1784486401"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1010-stainless-steel-boat-fender-lock-and-peg-set-traditional-hanging-fender-mount-accepts-rope-up-to-1-4-in-screws-included","title":"Taylor Made Products Stainless Steel Fender Lock and Peg Set, Accepts Rope up to 1\/4 Inch, Part 1010","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Fender Lock and Peg Set (Part Number 1010) is a stainless steel hardware set used to hang boat fenders from the rail or stanchion using a length of rope line. The set consists of a fender lock and a fender peg, and is built from stainless steel for lasting resistance to harsh marine conditions. It accepts rope line up to 1\/4 inch in diameter, and the lock uses a pull-style pin for quick attachment and release when adjusting fender height or removing fenders for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock and peg measure 4.88 inches by 1.94 inches by 0.75 inches overall, with a polished silver finish, and the peg thread size is 1\/4-20. Mounting screws with a round head style are included, so the set can be installed directly without sourcing separate hardware. This set is designed as a direct replacement for existing fender lock and peg hardware that has worn out or corroded, making it a straightforward swap on boats that already use this style of fender hanging system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1010\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Lock and Peg Set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.88 inches x 1.94 inches x 0.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThread Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4-20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePin Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pull\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Head Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Lock, Fender Peg, Mounting Screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.05 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011321107\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made Fender Lock and Peg Set (Part 1010) used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is used to hang a boat fender from a rail or stanchion using a length of rope line, letting the fender height be adjusted or the fender removed quickly with the pull-style pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rope diameter does part number 1010 accept?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fender lock accepts rope line up to 1\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender lock and peg made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel, chosen for its resistance to corrosion in marine conditions, with a polished silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Taylor Made fender lock and peg set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The set measures 4.88 inches by 1.94 inches by 0.75 inches overall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fender lock set include mounting hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, mounting screws with a round head style are included with the Taylor Made Fender Lock and Peg Set, Part 1010.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included in the box with part number 1010?\u003c\/strong\u003e The set includes one fender lock, one fender peg, and mounting screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat thread size does the fender peg use?\u003c\/strong\u003e The peg uses a 1\/4-20 thread size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the pin on the fender lock work?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made fender lock uses a pull-type pin, allowing the rope line to be locked in place or released by pulling the pin.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan part 1010 be used to replace an old or corroded fender lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this stainless steel set is designed as a direct replacement for worn fender lock and peg hardware of this style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made Fender Lock and Peg Set weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.05 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color and finish does part number 1010 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e It has a silver, polished finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the UPC for the Taylor Made Fender Lock and Peg Set 1010 listed anywhere?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the UPC for this set is 040011321107.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989663854811,"sku":"NAT-1010","price":10.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__12322.1763741540.500.750.jpg?v=1785188789"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1016-tidy-ups-fender-adjuster-standard-rail-size-black-vinyl-snaps-over-lifelines-and-railings","title":"Taylor Made Products Tidy-Ups Fender Adjuster 1016, Black Vinyl, Standard Rail Size, Sold in Pairs","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Tidy-Ups Fender Adjuster, part number 1016, is a black vinyl fender adjuster built for boaters who need a quick, adjustable way to hang fenders from a rail or stanchion system. Its movable J-hooks mount directly onto 1 inch rails and stanchion systems, letting you slide the adjuster along the rail to set the fender at the height you need, then lock it in place. The adjuster holds line up to 5\/8 inch in diameter, making it compatible with standard fender lines and pendants used on most recreational boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the Standard Rail Size version, finished in black vinyl. Taylor Made also offers a White Vinyl Large Rail Size version under a separate part number for boats with larger rail diameters. The 1016 adjuster measures 9.5 inches long by 3.25 inches wide by 1.75 inches high and weighs 0.28 pounds. It is sold in pairs, so one order equips both sides of a typical fender setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1016\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Movable J-hooks, mounts on 1 inch rails and stanchion systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLine Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Holds line up to 5\/8 inch in diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.5 inches L x 3.25 inches W x 1.75 inches H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.28 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold in pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounts on 1 inch rails and stanchion systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard Rail Size (a White Vinyl Large Rail Size version, part number 1018, is available separately for larger rails)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rail size does the Taylor Made 1016 fender adjuster fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1016 is the Standard Rail Size version, with movable J-hooks that mount on 1 inch rails and stanchion systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much line can this fender adjuster hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tidy-Ups fender adjuster 1016 holds line up to 5\/8 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1016 sold as a single unit or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is sold in pairs, so one order provides adjusters for both sides of a typical fender setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 1016?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1016 is finished in black vinyl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a version for larger rails?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Taylor Made Products offers a White Vinyl Large Rail Size version under a separate part number, 1018, for boats with larger diameter rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 1016 fender adjuster?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 9.5 inches long by 3.25 inches wide by 1.75 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 1016 fender adjuster weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Tidy-Ups fender adjuster 1016 weighs 0.28 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this adjuster be used on a stanchion instead of a rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the movable J-hooks on the 1016 mount on both 1 inch rails and stanchion systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tidy-Ups fender adjuster made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1016 fender adjuster is made from black vinyl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to install the 1016 fender adjuster?\u003c\/strong\u003e The J-hooks on part number 1016 are movable and mount onto the rail or stanchion, allowing tool-free positioning along the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664018651,"sku":"NAT-1016","price":25.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61gqucUpFWL.jpg?v=1784486411"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1067-pwc-fender-for-personal-watercraft-hook-under-quick-attach-yellow-9-x-9-x-3-5-in","title":"Taylor Made PWC Fender, Yellow, Hook-Under Quick Attachment, 9 x 9 x 3.5 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Taylor Made PWC fender is built to protect the sides of a personal watercraft during slow-speed docking and storage. Made from marine-grade vinyl designed to withstand salt water and UV exposure, the fender is shaped to hook under the bond flange of most personal watercraft for quick, tool-free attachment. Flex areas built into the fender body act as a hinge, allowing it to conform to the contours of the hull rather than sitting rigid against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause personal watercraft hulls vary by make, model, and year, this fender is not a custom fit and is designed to work with most PWC profiles where the underside of the bond flange is open enough to accept the hook. Fit will vary depending on the specific watercraft. The fender includes a rubber needle-valve for inflation and air pressure adjustment with a standard air pump, along with a suction cup and a securing line for additional attachment options. It is intended for slow-speed docking use only and is not rated for use at full speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1067\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 x 9 x 3.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Style:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hook-under quick attachment (bond flange)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber needle-valve, standard air pump compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suction cup, securing line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slow-speed docking only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the Taylor Made 1067 PWC fender fit my personal watercraft exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to fit the profiles of most personal watercraft where the underside of the bond flange is open enough to allow the fender to hook underneath, but it is not a custom fit and how well it fits will vary by the specific make, model, and year of the watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the fender attach to a personal watercraft?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bottom of the Taylor Made 1067 fender is shaped to hook under the bond flange for quick attachment, and it also comes with a suction cup and a securing line for additional hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is this PWC fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from marine-grade vinyl engineered to hold up to salt water and UV exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does this fender come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This part number, 1067, is the yellow version of the Taylor Made PWC fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1067 measures 9 x 9 x 3.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 1.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this fender while riding at full speed?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Taylor Made 1067 is recommended for slow-speed docking only and is not intended for use at full speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I inflate the fender and adjust the air pressure?\u003c\/strong\u003e It includes a rubber needle-valve that lets you inflate it and adjust air pressure with a standard air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1067 comes with the fender itself, a suction cup, and a securing line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does the fender flex in certain areas?\u003c\/strong\u003e Built-in flex areas create a hinge-like action that lets the fender conform to the shape of the watercraft hull for a closer fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fender a universal fit for all PWC models?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, it is designed to work with most PWC profiles that have an open bond flange underside, but Taylor Made states it is not a custom fit and fit quality depends on the specific watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664280795,"sku":"NAT-1067","price":42.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71K0kGPSHWL.jpg?v=1784486434"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-personal-watercraft-fender-white-quick-hook-pwc-dock-bumper-with-suction-cup-and-line-mpn-1069","title":"Taylor Made PWC Fender, White, Marine-Grade Vinyl with Hook Attachment, Part 1069","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made PWC Fender is a personal watercraft bumper built to protect the sides of your vessel during low-speed docking. Constructed of tough, resilient marine-grade vinyl, it flexes and conforms to the shape of your watercraft rather than sitting rigid against the hull. The fender's underside uses a hinge-type hook that attaches quickly to the bond flange, so you can mount and remove it without tools. A football-needle inflation valve lets you set air pressure with a standard air pump, and the fender ships complete with a suction cup and a securing line for a stable, snug fit against the hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fender is designed to fit most personal watercraft profiles, though the exact fit will vary depending on the specific make, model, and year of the vessel. It is intended for slow-speed docking use only and is not rated for use at speed. Finished in white, it is manufactured by Taylor Made, part of the Lippert family of marine and RV product brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1069\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e PWC Fender, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 x 9 x 3.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hinge-type hook for bond flange attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Football-needle valve, standard air pump compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e PWC fender, suction cup, securing line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Slow speed docking only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned to fit most personal watercraft profiles; actual fit varies by the specific make, model, and year of the watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made PWC Fender used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It protects the sides of a personal watercraft from scrapes and impacts while docking at low speed. The Taylor Made fender (part 1069) is not intended for use at speed or underway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fender fit my specific PWC model?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed to fit most personal watercraft profiles, but it is not a custom fit and the exact fit will vary depending on the make, model, and year of the watercraft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl that is designed to flex and conform to the shape of the watercraft hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the fender attach to the watercraft?\u003c\/strong\u003e A hinge-type hook on the bottom of the fender attaches to the bond flange for quick, tool-free installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Taylor Made PWC Fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fender measures 9 x 9 x 3.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I inflate the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 1069 uses a football-needle inflation valve, which allows air pressure to be adjusted with a standard air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fender ships with a suction cup and a securing line in addition to the fender itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Taylor Made fender is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fender be used while the PWC is underway?\u003c\/strong\u003e No. It is recommended for slow speed docking only and is not intended for use at speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fenders come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e One fender is included per package.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664313563,"sku":"NAT-1069","price":42.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61zX4vEGAGL.jpg?v=1784486435"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1093-rail-mount-fender-line-clip-for-7-8-rails-white-pair","title":"Taylor Made Products 1093 Rail Mount Fender Line Clip for 7\/8 Inch Rails, White (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1093 Rail Mount Fender Line Clip gives boaters a quick, hardware-free way to secure fender lines directly to a boat's railing. Each clip attaches to rails measuring 7\/8 inch in diameter, snapping the fender line in place without the need for tying and retying knots every time fenders are deployed or stowed. Beyond fenders, the clip is versatile enough to hold power cords and other lines along the rail, keeping the deck organized and free of tripping hazards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heavy duty polyethylene, the clip is built to withstand sun, salt, and moisture exposure typical of marine environments. It is finished in white to blend in with most boat railings and hardware. The clip is sold as a pair, giving boaters enough to outfit both port and starboard fender lines from a single purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1093\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rail Mount Fender Line Clip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy duty polyethylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold in pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 5 x 1.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rail does the Taylor Made 1093 fender line clip fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1093 clip is designed to clip onto 7\/8 inch railings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1093 clip sold as a single unit or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1093 Rail Mount Fender Line Clip is sold in pairs, giving you two clips per purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Taylor Made 1093 clip made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from heavy duty polyethylene, a durable plastic suited to marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made 1093 fender line clip?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1093 clip is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 1093 clip be used for anything besides fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, in addition to hanging fenders, the Taylor Made 1093 clip can be used to hold power cords and other lines along the rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Taylor Made 1093 clip?\u003c\/strong\u003e The item measures 8 x 5 x 1.5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1093 fender line clip weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1093 clip weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 1093 clip require tools or hardware to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the Taylor Made 1093 clip attaches by clipping directly onto a 7\/8 inch rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1093 a genuine manufacturer part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it is manufactured by Taylor Made Products under part number 1093.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the package with the 1093 clip?\u003c\/strong\u003e The package includes a pair of Rail Mount Fender Line Clips, part number 1093.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664674011,"sku":"NAT-1093","price":17.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__57258.1757595175.500.750.jpg?v=1785188466"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1094-hook-loop-fender-strap-36-pair-adjustable-marine-fender-adjuster","title":"Taylor Made Hook and Loop Fender Strap, 36 Inch, Sold in Pairs (Part 1094)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Hook and Loop Fender Strap is a 36 inch fastener designed to make fender height adjustment fast and simple when docking, mooring, or rafting up. Rather than tying and retying fender lines, you loop the strap through the fender eye, pull it to the length you need, and secure it with the hook and loop closure. This lets boaters quickly reposition fenders to match changing dock heights or hull configurations without re-rigging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe strap is built from tough 3\/4 inch polyester webbing with UV protection, paired with a marine-grade hook and loop fastening system rated for repeated use in wet, sun-exposed conditions. It is sold as a pair (2 straps), each measuring 36 inches in length, and finished in black to blend in against most hull and fender colors. Each pair weighs 0.1 pounds, making it a lightweight addition to any fender setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fender strap is a universal fit accessory, compatible with standard fender eyes rather than being tied to a specific boat make or model, so it works across most recreational boats using conventional bow-and-stern fender lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1094\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hook and Loop Fender Strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold in pairs (2 straps)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyester webbing with hook and loop fastener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011010940\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made Hook and Loop Fender Strap used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is used to quickly adjust the height of a boat fender when docking, mooring, or rafting up, by looping the strap 1094 through the fender eye and securing it at the length you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is each fender strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each strap in Taylor Made part 1094 measures 36 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many straps come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 1094 is sold in pairs, so each pack includes 2 fender straps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender strap made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1094 strap is made from 3\/4 inch polyester webbing with UV protection, closed with a marine-grade hook and loop fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made fender strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 1094 is finished in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a pair of fender straps weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e A pair of Taylor Made 1094 fender straps weighs 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fender strap fit any boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1094 strap is a universal accessory that works with standard fender eyes rather than being limited to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you install the fender strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e Loop the 1094 strap through the fender eye, pull the strap to the desired length, and press the hook and loop closure together to secure it; no tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Taylor Made product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part 1094 is a genuine Taylor Made Hook and Loop Fender Strap, not a generic substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part 1094 includes one pair (2 straps) of 36 inch hook and loop fender straps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664739547,"sku":"NAT-1094","price":10.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/81RWiAqa6GL.jpg?v=1784486465"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1085-big-b-fender-hanger-3-pack-reinforced-nylon-rope-lock-for-3-8-rope-and-3-4-i-d-fender-tubes","title":"Taylor Made Products 1085 Big B Fender Hanger for 0.75 Inch I.D. Fender Tubing, Pack of 3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1085 Big B Fender Hanger is a rope lock designed to secure boat fenders onto their mounting line so they hang firmly in place along the hull. It is built for use on Taylor Made fenders with 0.75-inch internal diameter tubing and accepts rope up to 0.375-inch (3\/8 inch) in diameter. Each hanger is molded from injection-molded, reinforced nylon for long-term durability in a marine environment, and the housing is vented to keep water from accumulating inside the fender tube, which helps extend the service life of both the hanger and the fender. Internal teeth grip the rope securely once the two halves of the hanger are closed around it, holding the fender at the height you set on the line. The 1085 is sold as a pack of three, giving you enough hangers to outfit multiple fenders or keep spares on hand. While designed for Taylor Made fenders, the hanger is also compatible with fenders from other brands as long as the center tube is small enough for the two halves to close firmly together. It is finished in white to blend with typical fender and hull colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1085\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection-molded reinforced nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 fender hangers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Tube Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.75 inch (3\/4 inch) internal diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Diameter Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 0.375 inch (3\/8 inch) diameter rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVenting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vented to prevent water accumulation in the fender tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011949677\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits Taylor Made fenders with 0.75-inch internal diameter tubing and rope up to 0.375 inch in diameter. Also compatible with fenders from other brands provided the center tube is small enough for the hanger halves to close firmly together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made 1085 Big B Fender Hanger used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1085 is a rope lock that clips onto a fender's hanging line and grips the rope so the fender stays at the height you set, rather than sliding up and down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rope diameter does the 1085 fender hanger fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e It fits rope up to 0.375 inch (3\/8 inch) in diameter; the internal teeth grip the rope once the two halves of the 1085 are closed around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 1085 fit any boat fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is designed for Taylor Made fenders with 0.75-inch internal diameter tubing, and it is also compatible with fenders from other brands as long as the center tube is small enough for the hanger's two halves to close firmly together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fender hangers come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1085 is sold in a pack of three fender hangers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 1085 fender hanger made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of injection-molded, reinforced nylon, chosen for long-term durability in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the fender hanger vented?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1085 is vented to prevent water from accumulating inside the fender tube, which helps the hanger and fender last longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does one fender hanger weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Taylor Made 1085 fender hanger weighs 0.08 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made 1085 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is white, matching the color of most fenders and hull trim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1085 easy to install on an existing fender line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1085 clips onto the rope by closing its two nylon halves around the line at the desired height, gripping via internal teeth without needing tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1085 genuine Taylor Made Products or aftermarket?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1085 is a genuine Taylor Made Products part, identified by manufacturer part number 1085 and UPC 040011949677.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664772315,"sku":"NAT-1085","price":13.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__19624.1757597288.500.750.jpg?v=1785189089"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1098-quick-knot-fender-hanger-for-1-4-line-blue-molded-nylon-4-pack","title":"Taylor Made Quick Knot Fender Hanger for 1\/4 Inch Line, Blue Nylon, 4-Pack (1098)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Quick Knot Fender Hanger lets you hang boat fenders on 1\/4 inch line without tying a knot. Each hanger is a one-piece molded nylon part with built-in teeth inside the body: insert the fender line into the hanger, loop the hanger over a hook, railing, or lifeline, thread the line back through the hanger, and pull to secure. The result is a quick, adjustable hang that holds the fender at the height you want and releases just as easily when it is time to stow the fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMolded from durable, corrosion-proof nylon in blue, each hanger measures 2-1\/8 inches by 1-1\/8 inches by 3\/4 inches and is built to stand up to sun, saltwater, and repeated use on hard surfaces such as fiberglass, metal, and wood docks or decks. Part number 1098 is sold as a 4-pack, giving you enough hangers to rig a full set of fenders along one rail or lifeline. Because no knot-tying is required, fenders can be raised, lowered, or removed in seconds, making this a practical upgrade for boaters who reposition fenders often when docking, rafting up, or fendering off at different heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1098\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Hanger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (each hanger):\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-1\/8 inches x 1-1\/8 inches x 3\/4 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hanging Mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard surfaces (fiberglass, metal, wood docks, decks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011010988\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made Quick Knot Fender Hanger used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It lets you hang a boat fender from a rail, lifeline, or hook without tying a knot in the fender line, so the fender can be raised, lowered, or removed in seconds. Part number 1098 is designed for 1\/4 inch line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many hangers come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made part number 1098 is sold as a 4-pack of fender hangers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat line diameter does the 1098 fender hanger fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1098 fender hanger is sized for 1\/4 inch line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender hanger made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each hanger is molded from a single piece of durable, corrosion-proof blue nylon.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made 1098 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1098 fender hanger is blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is each fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Taylor Made 1098 fender hanger measures 2-1\/8 inches by 1-1\/8 inches by 3\/4 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 4-pack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4-pack of 1098 fender hangers weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you install the fender hanger, and do you need tools?\u003c\/strong\u003e No tools are needed: insert the fender line into the hanger, loop the hanger over a rail, lifeline, or hook, thread the line back through the hanger, and pull to secure. Installation takes only seconds per fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the fender hanger hold up outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1098 hanger's nylon construction is corrosion-proof and suited to ongoing sun and saltwater exposure on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat surfaces can the fender hanger mount to?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1098 fender hanger is recommended for hard surfaces such as fiberglass, metal, and wood docks or decks, in addition to rails and lifelines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a genuine Taylor Made product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 1098 is a genuine Taylor Made fender hanger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the 1098 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part number 1098 gets you one 4-pack of fender hangers; no fenders or lines are included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664870619,"sku":"NAT-1098","price":20.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__11545.1763741542.500.750.jpg?v=1785188963"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1097-rail-lifeline-fender-bracket-for-7-8-1-rails-or-1-4-lifelines-pair","title":"Taylor Made Products Rail\/Lifeline Fender Bracket, Fits 7\/8 to 1 Inch Rails or 1\/4 Inch Max Lifelines, Pair (Part 1097)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Taylor Made Products fender bracket set lets you clamp a boat fender directly onto a rail or lifeline and adjust its hanging height in seconds. Each bracket uses a double-locking clamp design that grips 7\/8 inch to 1 inch diameter railings or lifelines up to 1\/4 inch in diameter, so the fender can be repositioned up or down without ever detaching it from the boat. That makes it easy to reset fender height on the fly when docking, rafting up, or moving between different height piers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bracket body is molded from durable nylon for corrosion resistance in a marine environment, with stainless steel fastener hardware for long-term durability. Installation is straightforward: feed the fender line through the hanger, clamp the bracket around the rail or lifeline, and pull the line to the desired height. Part number 1097 is sold as a pair (2 pieces), enough to hang one fender per side or two fenders along a single rail run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1097\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (sold in pairs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7\/8 inch to 1 inch diameter railings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLifeline Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1\/4 inch diameter lifelines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.5 inches L x 5.13 inches W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.08 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-locking clamp, tool-free height adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Service Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watercraft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rail or lifeline does the Taylor Made Products 1097 bracket fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1097 mounts to railings that are 7\/8 inch to 1 inch in diameter, or lifelines up to 1\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many brackets come in a package of part 1097?\u003c\/strong\u003e This item is sold in pairs, so one package of Taylor Made Products 1097 includes 2 fender brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the fender bracket made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The bracket body is molded nylon, paired with stainless steel fastener hardware, for a durable, corrosion-resistant fit in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the fender height without removing the bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1097 bracket uses a double-locking clamp design that lets you reposition the fender height by pulling the line, without detaching the clamp from the rail or lifeline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you install the 1097 fender bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e Feed the fender line through the hanger, clamp the nylon bracket around the boat's rail or lifeline, then pull the line to the height you want. No additional tools are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made Products 1097 bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is white, matching typical marine hardware finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the bracket?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pair of part 1097 measures 7.5 inches by 5.13 inches and weighs 0.08 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs part 1097 meant for one fender or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e Since it is sold as a pair of brackets, part 1097 is typically used to hang one fender per side, or two fenders if mounted individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this bracket work on a lifeline instead of a solid rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Products 1097 bracket clamps onto either a 7\/8 inch to 1 inch rail or a lifeline up to 1\/4 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the bracket include any hardware?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fastener hardware included with the 1097 bracket is stainless steel, matched to the molded nylon clamp body.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664903387,"sku":"NAT-1097","price":22.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/2__73496.1757537429.500.750_91af3581-7be5-48d2-9f3b-e9c57e868506.jpg?v=1785188133"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-fender-loc-boat-fender-lines-2-pack-3-8-x-6-white-braided-polypropylene-pre-spliced-adjustable-dock-fender-rope","title":"Taylor Made Products Fender Loc Fender Lines 11311, 3\/8 Inch x 6 Feet, White, 2-Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Fender Loc Fender Lines (part number 11311) are adjustable boat fender lines built to hold your fenders at the exact height you need when docking, mooring, or rafting up. Sold as a pair, each line measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long, giving you enough length to fine-tune fender placement along the hull. The lines are made from braided polypropylene rope that resists fading and rot from sun and water exposure, and the braided construction is designed not to kink, so you can adjust fender height quickly without fighting tangled rope or stubborn knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach Fender Loc line is pre-spliced with a professionally finished loop end, so it is ready to tie off to a fender and cleat as soon as it is out of the package, with no need to splice or whip the rope yourself. The lines are finished in white to match a wide range of fenders and hull colors. Because they are sold in pairs, one package outfits both fenders on one side of the boat, or you can use one package per fender pair as you rotate them around the boat for docking on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11311\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Line Set, 2-Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Braided polypropylene rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 lines per package\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-spliced, professionally finished loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hook and loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long are the Taylor Made Products Fender Loc fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each line in part number 11311 measures 6 feet long and 3\/8 inch in diameter, giving enough length to adjust fender height for most boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fender lines come in this package?\u003c\/strong\u003e This package includes 2 fender lines, sold as a matched pair, so one purchase outfits a pair of fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the Fender Loc lines made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11311 fender lines are made from braided polypropylene rope, chosen for its resistance to fading and rot in the marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these fender lines come pre-spliced?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Products 11311 lines are pre-spliced with a professionally finished loop end, so they are ready to tie off without any splicing needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fender lines kink when I adjust them?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the braided polypropylene construction of the 11311 fender lines is designed to resist kinking, making height adjustments easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are the Fender Loc fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11311 is finished in white, a neutral color that matches a wide range of fenders and hulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a package of Fender Loc lines weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e A 2-pack of the Taylor Made Products 11311 fender lines weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these fender lines resistant to sun and weather damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the braided polypropylene rope used in the 11311 fender lines is fade-resistant and rot-resistant for extended outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Fender Loc lines for docking, mooring, and rafting?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 11311 fender lines are designed for general fender adjustment tasks including docking, mooring, and rafting up alongside other boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs any hardware included with the fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 11311 fender lines include stainless steel hardware as part of the line assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989664936155,"sku":"NAT-11311","price":16.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71E_5y7dXOS.jpg?v=1784486482"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1108-rail-fender-hanger-jam-cleat-fender-clip-for-rails-up-to-1-inch-white-nylon","title":"Taylor Made Products 1108 Fender Hanger, Clip Rail Mount for Rails Up to 1 Inch, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1108 is a boater's clothespin-style fender hanger that clips directly onto rails up to 1 inch in diameter, letting you adjust fender height in seconds and lock it firmly in place without tying a single knot. It is molded from a single piece of high impact, UV resistant nylon, so there are no hinges or metal springs to corrode or seize up after seasons of sun and saltwater exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hanger accepts fender lines up to 1\/2 inch and uses a built-in jam cleat to grip the rope once it is set, so the fender stays at the height you chose even while docking, tying up, or underway. Because it mounts on rails rather than requiring a permanent through-hole installation, it is easy to add, reposition, or remove without modifying the boat, and it works equally well for holding fenders or as a general-purpose line cleat along a rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fender hanger fits any rail up to 1 inch in diameter, making it compatible with most standard boat rail systems, and is finished in white to blend in with typical boat rail and hull finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1108\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Hanger \/ Rope Clip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High impact, UV resistant nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1 inch rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope\/Line Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 1\/2 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 inches (L) x 1.5 inches (H) x 0.5 inches (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.25 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Clip rail mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocking Mechanism:\u003c\/strong\u003e Jam cleat lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011984371\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rail size does the Taylor Made Products 1108 fender hanger fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1108 clips onto rails up to 1 inch in diameter, making it suited to most standard boat rail systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rope or line works with this fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e It accepts fender lines up to 1\/2 inch in diameter, held in place by a built-in jam cleat once the height is set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need tools to install the 1108 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e No tools are needed. The 1108 is a clip-on design that mounts directly to the rail by hand, with no drilling or hardware required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender hanger made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from a single piece of injection molded, high impact, UV resistant nylon, which resists cracking and fading from sun and saltwater exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the fender hanger use knots to hold the line in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e No knots are needed. The Taylor Made Products 1108 locks the line in place with a jam cleat, so fender height can be adjusted and reset quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 1108 fender hanger available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1108 is finished in white, matching typical boat rail and hull colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1108 measures 5 inches long, 1.5 inches high, and 0.5 inches wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the fender hanger weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e It weighs 0.25 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fender hanger be used for lines other than fenders?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, because it functions as a rail-mounted rope clip with a jam cleat lock, the 1108 can also be used to secure other lines up to 1\/2 inch along a rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a one-piece or multi-part design?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1108 is a solid one-piece construction, with no separate springs, pins, or hinges to lose or wear out.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665001691,"sku":"NAT-1108","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__59425.1763741543.500.750.jpg?v=1785188267"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-fender-loc-fender-lines-3-8-x-6-blue-pair-adjustable-boat-fender-lines-with-pre-spliced-loop-mpn-11312","title":"Taylor Made Fender Loc Adjustable Boat Fender Lines, 3\/8 Inch x 6 Feet, Blue, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines are adjustable nylon lines used to hang and position boat fenders at the correct height when docking, mooring, or rafting up. Each line measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long and is pre-spliced with a professionally finished end and a built-in loop, so you can secure a fender and adjust its height without tying and untying knots every time you dock. The nylon construction resists fading and will not kink, holding up to repeated sun and water exposure over time. A stainless steel hardware component at the tie-off point adds durability at the point of wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese lines are sold as a pair (2 fender lines per package) in blue, a color designed to coordinate with matching Taylor Made fenders and boating accessories. They are built for general watercraft use and work with fenders on boats of varying sizes, letting you quickly re-set fender height as freeboard or dock conditions change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11312\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-spliced end with loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fender lines (sold in pairs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011115027\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Watercraft (universal fit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the Taylor Made 11312 fender line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each Taylor Made 11312 fender line measures 6 feet long and 3\/8 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lines come in this package?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made part number 11312 is sold as a pair, so the package includes 2 fender lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are these fender lines made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11312 fender lines are made from nylon, which resists fading and will not kink with regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these fender lines fit any boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 11312 fender lines are designed for general watercraft use and are not limited to a specific boat make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the ends already finished, or do I need to splice them myself?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each line in the 11312 set is pre-spliced with a professionally finished end and built-in loop, so no splicing is required before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the height of my fenders with these lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the built-in loop on each Taylor Made 11312 line lets you adjust fender height for docking, mooring, or rafting without retying knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are these fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11312 is finished in blue to coordinate with matching Taylor Made fenders and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this product weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 11312 fender line set weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there any metal hardware on the line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 11312 fender lines include a stainless steel hardware component at the tie-off point for added durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these lines hold up to sun and saltwater exposure?\u003c\/strong\u003e The nylon construction of the 11312 fender lines is designed to resist fading and hold up against regular marine environment exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Taylor Made 11312 fender line pair is 040011115027.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665231067,"sku":"NAT-11312","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/715cG1TDK2L.jpg?v=1784486495"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-fender-loc-fender-lines-3-8-x-6-mpn-11315-cranberry-pair-adjustable-braided-dock-fender-rope","title":"Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines, 3\/8 Inch D x 6 Foot L, Cranberry, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eTaylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines are adjustable boat fender lines built to hold your fenders at the exact height you need when docking, mooring, or rafting up. Each line measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long and is constructed from durable polypropylene rope that is fade resistant, rot resistant, and engineered to resist kinking, so you can adjust fender height quickly without fighting stubborn knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEvery line is pre-spliced with a built-in loop and a professionally finished end, giving you a secure, adjustable tie-off point that is ready to use right out of the package. The lines are finished in Cranberry, part of Taylor Made's True Color color-matching system designed to coordinate with Taylor Made fenders and other boating accessories. Sold as a pair, these fender lines are a simple, reliable way to keep your fenders positioned correctly and protect your boat's hull from rubbing against docks, pilings, and other vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11315\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch diameter x 6 feet length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cranberry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fender lines (sold as a pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Service Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e RV, Watercraft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made part number 11315 measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fender lines come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11315 is sold as a pair, giving you two fender lines per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are these fender lines made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e They are made from polypropylene rope, chosen for its fade resistance and resistance to rot in the marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fender lines kink over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the polypropylene construction of the Taylor Made Fender Loc lines is designed specifically to resist kinking so adjustments stay quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the fender lines come pre-spliced?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, each Taylor Made Fender Loc line (part 11315) is pre-spliced with a built-in loop and a professionally finished end, ready to tie off without additional work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this fender line set?\u003c\/strong\u003e This set is finished in Cranberry, part of Taylor Made's True Color color-matching lineup for coordinating with fenders and other boat accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the length be adjusted after installation?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the built-in loop on each Fender Loc line lets you adjust the height of your fender easily without retying knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines (part 11315) weigh 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is this product used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e These lines are used to hang and adjust boat fenders at the correct height for docking, mooring, or rafting alongside other boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this compatible with any boat fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part 11315 is a general-purpose fender line intended for use with standard boat fenders and is not limited to a specific fender model.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665362139,"sku":"NAT-11315","price":22.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/81gtOnrapUS.jpg?v=1784486503"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-fender-loc-fender-lines-3-8-x-6-black-adjustable-pre-spliced-boat-fender-rope-pair-mpn-11313","title":"Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines 3\/8 Inch x 6 Feet, Polypropylene, Black, Pair - 11313","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines (part number 11313) are pre-spliced, adjustable tie-off lines designed to secure boat fenders at the correct height along a dock, piling, or another boat when rafting up. Each line has a built-in loop and a professionally finished end, so there is no knot-tying involved: the loop slips over the fender and the line adjusts to set the height, then locks in place for a secure hold. This makes it fast to raise or lower fenders as water levels, tide, or dock height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach line is made from polypropylene braided rope, which resists fading and will not kink, so adjustments stay smooth over repeated use. The lines are black and are sized to fit and match Taylor Made fenders. This listing includes two 6 foot lines, each 3\/8 inch in diameter, giving enough length to handle most fender height adjustments in a single package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFender Loc Fender Lines work with all types of fenders, not just Taylor Made brand fenders, making them a straightforward upgrade or replacement for worn, frayed, or knotted fender lines on any boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11313\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch diameter x 6 feet length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Line (2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011115034\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines 11313?\u003c\/strong\u003e This package includes two 6 foot fender lines, each 3\/8 inch in diameter, for part number 11313.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fender lines fit fenders from other brands?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Fender Loc built-in loop works on all types of fenders, not just Taylor Made fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to tie knots to use the Fender Loc lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e No knot-tying is required. Each line has a built-in loop and a pre-spliced, professionally finished end, so you simply loop it onto the fender and adjust for height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the Taylor Made 11313 fender lines made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e They are made from polypropylene braided rope, which resists fading and will not kink during adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is each fender line in part number 11313?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each line measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long, and two lines are included in the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are these fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines 11313 are black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 11313 fender line set weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pair of fender lines weighs 0.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the fender height after tying off?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the built-in loop design on the 11313 fender lines allows the fender height to be readjusted at the dock without retying a knot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these fender lines pre-spliced or do they need finishing?\u003c\/strong\u003e They come pre-spliced with a professionally finished end, ready to use out of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fender lines come in one order of 11313?\u003c\/strong\u003e One order of the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines 11313 includes two 6 foot lines.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665394907,"sku":"NAT-11313","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71-4uxOLv-L.jpg?v=1784486504"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-11316-fender-loc-adjustable-fender-lines-3-8-x-6-hunter-green-pair","title":"Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines, 3\/8 Inch x 6 Foot, Hunter Green, Sold in Pairs","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines are adjustable boat fender lines built to hold your fenders at the right height when docking, mooring, or rafting. Each line measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long and is made from durable polypropylene braided rope that is fade resistant, rot resistant, and will not kink, so it stays easy to adjust even after repeated use in the marine environment. Every line is pre-spliced with a built-in loop and a professionally finished end, allowing a quick, secure tie-off without fumbling with knots when you need to raise or lower a fender in a hurry. Sold in pairs, these lines are color-matched in Hunter Green so they blend in with your fenders and other boating accessories rather than standing out as mismatched hardware. Hardware components are stainless steel for corrosion resistance around saltwater and freshwater alike. Because the lines are fully adjustable along their 6-foot length, they work with a wide range of fender sizes and boat freeboard heights rather than being limited to one specific fender model. This makes them a straightforward upgrade or replacement for worn, stiff, or mismatched fender lines on any boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11316\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Loc Fender Lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch diameter x 6 feet length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hunter Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Pieces:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (sold in pairs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011115065\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastener Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Loop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the Taylor Made 11316 fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each line in the Taylor Made 11316 Fender Loc set measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long, giving enough length to adjust for different fender heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lines come in this set?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11316 set includes 2 fender lines, sold as a matched pair in Hunter Green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are these fender lines made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e They are made from polypropylene braided rope, chosen for its fade resistance and resistance to kinking and rot in marine conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these lines fit any boat fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 3\/8 inch x 6 foot adjustable design works with a wide range of fender sizes since the length is adjustable to set the height you need rather than being fixed to one fender model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the lines come pre-spliced or do I need to tie my own loop?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 11316 lines are pre-spliced with a built-in loop and a professionally finished end, so they are ready to tie off without any additional splicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this fender line set?\u003c\/strong\u003e This set is Hunter Green, matched using Taylor Made's color-matching process so the lines blend with Hunter Green fenders and boating accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the hardware on these lines rust resistant?\u003c\/strong\u003e The hardware on the 11316 fender lines is stainless steel, which resists corrosion in both saltwater and freshwater environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much do these fender lines weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 11316 Fender Loc Fender Lines weigh 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these lines easy to adjust once installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the polypropylene construction will not kink, so raising or lowering the fender along the line stays quick and does not require untying knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order part number 11316?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering 11316 gets you 2 Hunter Green fender lines, each 3\/8 inch by 6 feet, with the loop and finished end already spliced in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these fender lines be used in both saltwater and freshwater?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the polypropylene rope and stainless steel hardware on the 11316 set are designed to hold up in the marine environment generally, including saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665427675,"sku":"NAT-11316","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/81wVXKoWFoS.jpg?v=1784486508"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-11317-fender-loc-fender-lines-3-8-x-6-navy-pre-spliced-adjustable-boat-fender-line-pair","title":"Taylor Made Products Fender Loc Fender Lines, 3\/8 Inch x 6 Foot, Navy, Sold as a Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Fender Loc Fender Lines give boaters an adjustable, rot-resistant way to hang fenders at exactly the height needed for docking, mooring, or rafting. Each line measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long, made from tough polypropylene rope that resists fading and will not kink, so height adjustments stay quick and snag-free even after repeated use in the marine environment. Every line is pre-spliced with a professionally finished loop end, letting you secure and adjust the fender without tying and untying knots. The Navy color is produced using Taylor Made's True Color matching technology, so the lines coordinate with matching Taylor Made fenders and other boating accessories in the same color. Fender Loc Fender Lines are sold as a pair (two lines per package), giving you enough rope to outfit both sides of a typical fender setup. Hardware components used in the line construction are stainless steel for added corrosion resistance in the marine environment. These lines are designed to hold up against sun, saltwater, and everyday handling, protecting your boat's hull and your fenders season after season.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11317\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Navy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (sold as a pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-spliced, professionally finished loop end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011115072\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each line in part number 11317 measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lines come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines (11317) are sold as a pair, so you receive two lines per package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 11317?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11317 is Navy, produced with Taylor Made's True Color matching technology for a consistent color match to Navy fenders and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the fender lines made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e These lines are made from polypropylene rope, chosen for its fade resistance and resistance to kinking in marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the lines come pre-spliced?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Fender Loc Fender Lines have a pre-spliced, professionally finished loop end, so no additional splicing or knot-tying is needed to attach them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the fender height with these lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e The pre-spliced loop end allows you to adjust and re-secure the line quickly without untying knots, letting you set the fender at the height you need for docking, mooring, or rafting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these fender lines resistant to sun and saltwater damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the polypropylene construction used in part number 11317 is fade-resistant and rot-resistant, built to hold up in the marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of a package of Fender Loc Fender Lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e A package of Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines (11317) weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat hardware is used on these fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fender lines use stainless steel hardware for corrosion resistance in the marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these lines fit any fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fender Loc Fender Lines attach via a loop end and are designed to work with standard boat fenders that use a line for height adjustment; the 3\/8 inch by 6 foot Navy line is part number 11317.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with part number 11317?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11317 includes two Fender Loc Fender Lines, each 3\/8 inch by 6 feet in Navy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665460443,"sku":"NAT-11317","price":40.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/81FYMR0FyBL.jpg?v=1784486511"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1139-pontoon-rail-fender-adjuster-4-pack-fits-1-to-1-1-4-square-rails","title":"Taylor Made Products 1139 Pontoon Boat Rail Fender Adjuster, Fits 1 Inch to 1-1\/4 Inch Square Rails, Pack of 4","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1139 Pontoon Rail Fender Adjuster is a clamp-on hanger designed specifically for pontoon boats, letting you position and reposition fender lines quickly along square rail tubing. Each adjuster clamps securely over 1 inch and 1-1\/4 inch square pontoon rails and accepts fender lines up to 3\/8 inch, so there is no need to tie and untie awkward knots every time you dock, moor, or raft up alongside another boat. Simply clamp the adjuster around the rail and slide it to the height you need for your fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt from durable ABS plastic, the 1139 adjuster is designed to withstand sun, moisture, and everyday marine conditions, and it resists chemicals and physical impacts while protecting your pontoon's rail and hull from scuffing. The unit ships in a white finish and is sold as a set of 4 adjusters per pack, so a single package outfits all four corners or fender points on a typical pontoon boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1139\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pontoon rail fender adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 adjusters per pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 x 8 x 1.75 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRail Fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits 1 inch and 1-1\/4 inch square pontoon rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Line Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accepts fender lines up to 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011115126\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Components:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pontoon Rail Fender Adjuster (4)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 inch square pontoon rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-1\/4 inch square pontoon rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rails does the Taylor Made 1139 fender adjuster fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1139 clamps onto square pontoon rails measuring 1 inch or 1-1\/4 inch, covering the two most common pontoon rail sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many adjusters come in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1139 is sold as a set of 4 adjusters per pack, enough to outfit multiple fender positions on a pontoon boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum fender line thickness the 1139 can hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1139 accepts fender lines up to 3\/8 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Taylor Made 1139 fender adjuster made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS), a durable plastic chosen for resistance to weather, chemicals, and impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 1139 require tools to install?\u003c\/strong\u003e No tools are needed; the adjuster clamps directly around the square pontoon rail by hand and can be repositioned the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust fender height without retying my dock lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 1139 lets you reposition fender height by sliding the adjuster along the rail, eliminating the need to untie and retie fender line knots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 1139 fender adjuster?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1139 is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 1139 packaging?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1139 pontoon rail fender adjuster (4-pack) measures 8 x 8 x 1.75 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does a pack of Taylor Made 1139 adjusters weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e A pack of 4 Taylor Made 1139 fender adjusters weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 1139 work on rails other than square pontoon rails?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1139 is designed specifically to clamp over 1 inch and 1-1\/4 inch square pontoon rails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the 1139?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order of the Taylor Made 1139 includes 4 pontoon rail fender adjusters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1139 resistant to sun and weather exposure?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the ABS plastic construction of the 1139 is built to withstand outdoor marine weather conditions and resist chemicals and physical impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665493211,"sku":"NAT-1139","price":24.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__52877.1763741543.500.750.jpg?v=1785188111"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-tuff-end-15-inflatable-round-boat-fender-white-mpn-1146-seamless-marine-grade-vinyl-buoy-made-in-usa","title":"Taylor Made Products Tuff End Round Fender Buoy 1146, 15 Inch, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Tuff End Round Fender Buoy (part number 1146) is a 15 inch inflatable marine fender designed for heavy duty docking and mooring protection. Built from flexible, resilient marine-grade vinyl, this fender uses a seamless one-piece construction rather than multiple bonded seams, which reduces the risk of leaks or seam failure over repeated use. Each end is injection molded and tested to 2000 psi tensile strength, and the ends feature large line holes sized to accept most ropes and standard shackles for easy rigging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInflation is handled through a tri-valve (Trivalve) system, which allows the fender to be filled with a standard ball pump, a football needle, or an air compressor, giving boat owners flexibility depending on what inflation equipment they already have on hand. The 15 inch diameter model measures 47 inches in circumference and has a 1-1\/16 inch line hole diameter. It is made in the USA for demanding marine applications and is finished in white to match most hull colors. This fender is suited to boat owners who want a durable, low-maintenance round fender for dock protection or mooring buoy use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1146\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCircumference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 47 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLine Hole Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/16 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.8 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless one-piece construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tri-valve, inflates with standard ball pump, football needle, or air compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Cap Tensile Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tested to 2000 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011311467\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Taylor Made 1146 fender buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1146 is a 15 inch diameter round fender with a circumference of 47 inches and a 1-1\/16 inch line hole diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1146 Tuff End round fender weighs 4.8 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from flexible, resilient marine-grade vinyl with a seamless one-piece construction rather than bonded seams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1146 uses a tri-valve (Trivalve) system, which can be inflated with a standard ball pump, a football needle, or an air compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1146 model of the Tuff End round fender is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the ends of the fender durable?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the injection molded ends on the Taylor Made 1146 fender are tested to 2000 psi tensile strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill ropes and shackles fit through the line holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The line holes on the 1146 round fender are sized to accept most ropes and standard shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fender made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 1146 Tuff End fender is made in the USA for heavy duty marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fender be used as a mooring buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tuff End 1146 round fender is built for heavy duty marine applications and can serve as a mooring buoy or dock fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the fender a single sealed piece or assembled from parts?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1146 fender has a seamless one-piece construction, unlike fenders assembled from multiple bonded seams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order the 1146 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the Taylor Made 1146 includes one 15 inch Tuff End round fender in white; no pump or rope is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1146 a genuine Taylor Made Products part?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 1146 is a genuine Taylor Made Products Tuff End round fender, not an aftermarket copy.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665722587,"sku":"NAT-1146","price":59.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71jA1XSEf4L_8bab8023-6805-4ffc-81a0-98336a683bf1.jpg?v=1784486531"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-11318-fender-loc-adjustable-fender-lines-3-8-x-6-sand-pair","title":"Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines, 3\/8 Inch x 6 Feet, Sand (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTaylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines are adjustable fender lines built to protect your boat's hull at the dock, mooring, or when rafting up alongside another vessel. Each pair measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet in length, giving you enough rope to adjust fender height to match varying dock and piling heights. The lines are made from solid braid polypropylene rope, a material chosen for its resistance to fading and its ability to hold up against sun, saltwater, and everyday wear in the marine environment. The rope will not kink, which makes raising or lowering your fenders quick instead of a fight with a stubborn knot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach line is pre-spliced with a professionally finished loop end, so it is ready to tie off and adjust as soon as it is out of the package. This Sand colorway is designed to complement fenders and other boating accessories in a matching tone, so your dock lines look as finished as the rest of your setup. The set is sold as a pair, giving you a matched set of two lines for a typical two-fender setup. Taylor Made is a proud member of the Lippert family, a global manufacturer of engineered products for the marine, RV, automotive, and commercial vehicle industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11318\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch diameter x 6 feet length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene solid braid rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 (sold as a pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-spliced loop end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines, part number 11318?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11318 measures 3\/8 inch in diameter by 6 feet in length per line, sold as a matched pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many lines come in one package of part number 11318?\u003c\/strong\u003e Two fender lines are included in each package of the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines 11318, enough for a typical two-fender setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is used for these fender lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Polypropylene solid braid rope is used for the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines, chosen for its fade resistance and durability in the marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the rope kink when I adjust my fender height?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the solid braid polypropylene construction of the Fender Loc lines is designed to resist kinking, making height adjustments quick and easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the Fender Loc lines come pre-spliced?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, each Taylor Made Fender Loc line, part 11318, has a professionally finished, pre-spliced loop end ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 11318?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 11318 is the Sand color option in the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these fender lines resistant to fading in the sun?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines are fade resistant, helping the Sand color hold up under ongoing sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the weight of one package of the Fender Loc Fender Lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e One package of Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines, part 11318, weighs 0.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan these lines be used for docking, mooring, and rafting?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines 11318 are designed for docking, mooring, and rafting applications where adjustable fender height is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rope resistant to rot from ongoing water exposure?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the polypropylene rope used in the Taylor Made Fender Loc Fender Lines is rot resistant, suited to continual exposure in the marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665755355,"sku":"NAT-11318","price":14.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/716smj_kFXL.jpg?v=1784486533"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1149-tuff-end-18-round-inflatable-boat-fender-white","title":"Taylor Made Products 1149 Tuff End Round Buoy\/Fender, White, 18 Inch Diameter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1149 is an 18 inch diameter round Tuff End buoy and fender built from flexible, resilient marine-grade vinyl. Its seamless one-piece construction eliminates weak seams, and the injection molded ends are tested to withstand 2000 psi of tensile strength, giving it the durability to handle repeated contact and mooring use. Large line holes at each end accommodate most ropes and shackles, making it easy to rig as a mooring buoy or hang it as a fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInflation is handled through a Tri-valve system, so it can be filled with a standard football needle or an air compressor, whichever is on hand. The 18 inch model has a circumference of 57 inches, a 1-1\/2 inch rope\/eye hole, and provides 112 pounds of buoyancy, making it suitable for marking a mooring or cushioning a hull. It is manufactured in the USA to standards intended for the demands of heavy duty marine use, and it is finished in white for high visibility on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1149\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCircumference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope\/Eye Hole Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuoyancy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 112 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless one-piece, injection molded ends tested to 2000 psi tensile strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tri-valve (football needle or compressor)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.76 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011311498\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the diameter of the Taylor Made Products 1149 buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1149 measures 18 inches in diameter with a circumference of 57 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much buoyancy does the Taylor Made 1149 provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e It provides 112 pounds of buoyancy, which is the rating for this 18 inch size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the Taylor Made 1149 buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a Tri-valve system, so it can be inflated with a standard football needle or an air compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Taylor Made 1149 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed from flexible, resilient marine-grade vinyl with a seamless one-piece body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow strong are the ends of the Taylor Made 1149?\u003c\/strong\u003e The injection molded ends of the 1149 are tested to withstand 2000 psi of tensile strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Taylor Made 1149 be used as both a fender and a mooring buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the round Tuff End design of the 1149 works both as a hanging fender and as a mooring buoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size rope or shackle fits the Taylor Made 1149?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1149 has a 1-1\/2 inch line hole sized to fit most ropes and shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color options are available for the Taylor Made 1149?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1149 is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Taylor Made 1149 manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1149 is manufactured in the USA for heavy duty marine applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1149 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1149 weighs 6.76 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1149 sold inflated or deflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Being Tri-valve inflatable, the 1149 is designed to be inflated on site using a football needle or compressor rather than shipped fully inflated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Taylor Made 1149?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the 18 inch white 1149 is 040011311498.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989665853659,"sku":"NAT-1149","price":78.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71jA1XSEf4L_3b8d2de2-42c1-47bc-8dcc-dcaa2672eb16.jpg?v=1784486546"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1089-ratcheting-boat-fender-hanger-strap-adjustable-6-24-black","title":"Taylor Made Products 1089 Ratcheting Boat Fender Hanger, Black, 3\/4 Inch Polyester Strap","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1089 is a ratcheting boat fender hanger strap that lets you hang a fender and dial in its exact height without tying a single knot. Built from 3\/4 inch polyester webbing with UV-resistant construction, the strap resists fraying, unwinding, and sun damage even with regular exposure on deck. A built-in ratchet mechanism gives you fast, precise height adjustment across a 6 inch to 24 inch range, which is especially useful when docking or rafting up alongside other boats where fender height needs frequent tweaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo use it, simply feed the strap around the boat's rail or lifeline and pass it through the eye of the fender for a secure hold, then ratchet it to the height you need. Stainless steel hardware on the ratchet mechanism adds corrosion resistance for long-term marine use. The strap is sold as a single unit in black and is compatible with 3\/8 inch diameter rope for fender lines that use a rope connection. Because it eliminates knot-tying, it is faster to set up and adjust than a traditional rope-and-cleat fender hanging method, and it holds its position securely once ratcheted in place. This is a straightforward, purpose-built accessory for boaters who want a quicker, more consistent way to hang and reposition fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1089\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ratcheting Boat Fender Hanger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-resistant polyester webbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrap Width:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment Range:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches to 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Rope Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sold as one strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011114020\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the adjustment range of the Taylor Made 1089 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1089 ratcheting fender hanger adjusts from 6 inches to 24 inches, letting you set fender height quickly when docking or rafting up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the strap made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from 3\/4 inch UV-resistant polyester webbing, which resists fraying and unwinding even with sustained sun exposure on deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I install the 1089 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e Feed the strap around the boat's rail or lifeline, pass it through the eye of the fender, and pull it into place, then use the ratchet mechanism to set the height. No knots or additional hardware are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ratchet mechanism made of stainless steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 1089 uses stainless steel hardware in its ratchet mechanism for corrosion resistance in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat rope diameter is the 1089 compatible with?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1089 is compatible with 3\/8 inch diameter rope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many straps come in a package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1089 is sold as one strap per package, not a multi-pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the Taylor Made 1089 fender hanger?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow wide is the fender hanger strap?\u003c\/strong\u003e The strap width on the Taylor Made 1089 is 3\/4 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the strap need to be tied with knots?\u003c\/strong\u003e No knot-tying is needed. The 1089's ratchet design lets you feed the strap through the fender eye and lock in the height directly, which is faster than a traditional rope-and-knot setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1089 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1089 weighs 0.1 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the strap fray or unravel over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the polyester webbing on the 1089 is UV-resistant and is designed not to fray or unwind with regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Taylor Made 1089?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Taylor Made Products 1089 ratcheting fender hanger is 040011114020.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989666017499,"sku":"NAT-1089","price":12.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__77198.1757596775.500.750.jpg?v=1785188036"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1152-tuff-end-inflatable-round-boat-fender-white-21-in-diameter-112-lb-buoyancy","title":"Taylor Made Tuff End Round Fender, 21 Inch, White, 112 lb Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Tuff End Round Fender (part number 1152) is a 21 inch marine-grade vinyl fender built for boats that need a durable, high-capacity buoy for mooring or dockside protection. It is finished in white and constructed as a seamless one-piece vinyl shell, which Taylor Made uses across its Tuff End line to eliminate the seams that are typically the first failure point on lower-cost fenders. The ends are injection molded and tested to 2000 psi tensile strength, giving the fender the toughness to hold up against repeated contact with pilings, docks, and other hulls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fender measures 21 inches in diameter with a 66 inch circumference and is rated for a 112 pound weight capacity, making it suited to boats that need a larger-capacity round fender than Taylor Made's smaller Tuff End sizes. It is designed to be rigged with 1-1\/2 inch line, and large line holes at each end accept most ropes and standard shackles for quick tie-off. Inflation is handled through a tri-valve, so it can be filled with a standard ball pump, a football needle, or an air compressor, whichever is on hand at the dock. The complete fender weighs 9.34 pounds as shipped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1152\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlternate Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 61152\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCircumference:\u003c\/strong\u003e 66 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Line Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 112 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.34 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless one-piece body with injection molded ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tri-valve (ball pump, football needle, or compressor)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Round Fenders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1152 round fender meant for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1152 is a 21 inch diameter round fender rated for a 112 pound weight capacity, which puts it in the larger-capacity end of Taylor Made's Tuff End round fender lineup for boats that need more cushioning and load support than a small fender can provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is this fender exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made part number 1152 measures 21 inches in diameter with a 66 inch circumference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat line size should I use to rig this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made recommends 1-1\/2 inch line for the 1152 round fender, and the large line holes molded into each end accept most ropes and standard shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the 1152 fender made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is built from marine-grade vinyl in a seamless one-piece construction, which avoids the seam failures common on lower-quality fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1152 uses a tri-valve, so it can be inflated with a standard ball pump, a football inflation needle, or an air compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1152 round fender weighs 9.34 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight capacity is this fender rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1152 carries a 112 pound weight capacity rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs part number 61152 the same fender as 1152?\u003c\/strong\u003e 61152 is the alternate part number listed alongside 1152 for this same 21 inch round fender, so buyers may see either number referencing this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does this fender come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1152 round fender is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable are the ends of this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The injection molded ends on the Tuff End construction used for part 1152 are tested to 2000 psi tensile strength for added durability against dock and hull contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this fender work as a mooring buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the round shape, 1-1\/2 inch line rigging, and 112 pound capacity of the 1152 make it suitable for use as a mooring buoy in addition to a dockside fender.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989666246875,"sku":"NAT-1152","price":221.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71jA1XSEf4L_075c06d0-103f-42f3-919b-4d2f45656090.jpg?v=1784486573"},{"product_id":"attwood-11575-3-stainless-steel-boat-fender-lock-kit-twist-lock-fender-holder-pair-fits-lines-up-to-1-2-in","title":"Attwood Stainless Steel Fender Hooks 11575-3, Holds Rope up to 3\/8 Inch, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Attwood 11575-3 Stainless Steel Fender Hooks give boaters a fast, secure way to hold mooring and fender lines anywhere on the boat or dock. Each hook accepts rope up to 3\/8 inch in diameter, making it suitable for typical fender lines and light mooring line without slipping loose. The hooks are stamped from stainless steel for corrosion resistance in the marine environment and finished with a polished surface that matches other stainless deck hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMounting is straightforward: each hook has two counter-sunk holes spaced 5\/8 inch apart, allowing it to sit flush against the mounting surface with flathead screws or bolts for a clean, low-profile install. The hooks are sold as a pair, so you can outfit both port and starboard sides, or set up two separate line-holding points, from a single package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attwood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11575-3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Diameter Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 3\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Holes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Two counter-sunk holes, 5\/8 inch apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 pieces)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1458 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 x 10 x 0.25 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 022697001870\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGTIN:\u003c\/strong\u003e 00022697001870\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum rope diameter the Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks can hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 11575-3 stainless steel fender hooks hold mooring or fender line up to 3\/8 inch in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many hooks come in the 11575-3 package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11575-3 is sold as a pair, so two stainless steel fender hooks are included in each package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the 11575-3 fender hooks made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e These hooks are stamped from stainless steel and finished with a polished surface, giving the Attwood 11575-3 good resistance to marine corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you mount the Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each 11575-3 hook has two counter-sunk mounting holes spaced 5\/8 inch apart, so it can be installed flush with flathead screws or bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 11575-3 hooks be used anywhere on the boat or dock?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks are designed for holding mooring lines anywhere on the boat or dock, not just a single fixed location.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Attwood 11575-3 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks weigh 0.1458 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 11575-3 come with mounting screws?\u003c\/strong\u003e The package includes the pair of stainless steel fender hooks; the counter-sunk holes are sized for standard mounting screws or bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish do the Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 11575-3 hooks have a polished stainless steel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks genuine Attwood parts?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 11575-3 is a genuine Attwood stainless steel fender hook, not a generic substitute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Attwood 11575-3 fender hooks?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Attwood 11575-3 stainless steel fender hooks is 022697001870.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Attwood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989666345179,"sku":"ATT-11575-3","price":8.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__16727.1763741538.500.750.jpg?v=1785188240"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-1185-tuff-end-inflatable-boat-fender-8-x-27-white-fits-boats-25-to-40-ft","title":"Taylor Made Tuff End Fender 1185, 8 Inch x 27 Inch White Vinyl Boat Fender for 25-40 Foot Boats","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Tuff End Fender (part number 1185) is an 8 inch x 27 inch inflatable vinyl boat fender designed to protect hulls from dock and piling contact during mooring. It is built from flexible, resilient marine grade vinyl using a seamless one-piece construction, which Taylor Made states is the strongest fender construction in the industry since there are no seams to fail under repeated compression. Each end is injection molded and tested to 2000 psi tensile strength, giving the fender durability at the points that see the most wear. Twin eyes are molded into the fender, allowing it to be hung either vertically or horizontally depending on how much freeboard protection a boat needs. Inflation and deflation are handled through a tri-valve, which accepts a standard football inflation needle or an air compressor; Taylor Made recommends inflating this fender to 2 psi. The line holes on this 8 inch diameter fender measure 1-1\/16 inch, sized to accommodate most dock lines and shackles. This fender is recommended for boats in the 25 to 40 foot range, though the best way to confirm the right size is to compare against fenders already in use at the same dock for boats of similar size and weight. It is finished in white and manufactured in the USA for heavy duty marine use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1185\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 27 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.86 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLine Hole Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/16 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tri-valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Inflation Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 to 40 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless one-piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twin eyes, vertical or horizontal hanging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011311856\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1185 fender designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Tuff End Fender 1185 is recommended for boats in the 25 to 40 foot range, though the best way to confirm sizing is to compare against fenders already in use at your dock for boats of similar size and weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of fender 1185?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender 1185 measures 8 inches in diameter by 27 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1185 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This fender weighs 3.86 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Tuff End Fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed from flexible, resilient marine grade vinyl in a seamless one-piece design, which Taylor Made states is the strongest fender construction in the industry since it has no seams to fail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I inflate the 1185 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender 1185 uses a tri-valve that accepts a standard football inflation needle or an air compressor, and Taylor Made recommends inflating it to 2 psi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this fender be hung horizontally as well as vertically?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 1185 fender has twin eyes molded into it, allowing it to be hung either vertically or horizontally depending on the protection needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size line or shackle fits through the fender's line holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8 inch diameter Tuff End Fender has a line hole diameter of 1-1\/16 inch, sized to fit most dock lines and shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable are the ends of this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1185 fender has injection molded ends that are tested to 2000 psi tensile strength for added durability at the points that see the most wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Taylor Made 1185 fender come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Tuff End Fender is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made Tuff End Fender made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, fender 1185 is made in the USA for heavy duty marine applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with part number 1185?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering part number 1185 includes one Tuff End Fender, uninflated, ready to be filled to the recommended 2 psi before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know if the 1185 is the right size fender for my dock?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made recommends surveying your docking area to see what fender size and quantity is used for boats of similar size and weight to yours, and using that as a guideline when choosing between the 1185 and other Tuff End Fender sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989666705627,"sku":"NAT-1185","price":86.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51fSad4VJnL.jpg?v=1784486610"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1188-tuff-end-inflatable-boat-fender-10-x-30-white-fits-40-to-50-ft-boats","title":"Taylor Made Products 1188 Tuff End Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender, 10 Inch x 30 Inch, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1188 Tuff End fender is a 10 inch x 30 inch inflatable cylindrical boat fender built to protect hulls in the 40 foot to 50 foot range while docking or rafting up. It is constructed from flexible, resilient marine grade vinyl in a seamless one piece design, which Taylor Made states is the strongest construction method in the industry because there are no seams to fail under repeated compression against a dock or piling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach end is injection molded and tested to 2000 psi tensile strength, giving the fender durability at the points that see the most wear. A tri-valve system allows for quick inflation with either a standard football needle or an air compressor, and the recommended inflation pressure is 2 psi. The fender has a large line hole, 1-1\/2 inches in diameter on this 10 x 30 size, sized to accommodate most dock lines and shackles without a separate rope-through kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1188 is finished in white and is made in the USA for heavy duty marine applications. Taylor Made recommends choosing a fender size and quantity by surveying similar boats of the same size and weight already docked in your area and matching that setup, since fender needs vary by boat weight, hull shape, and dock conditions in addition to length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1188\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 inches x 30 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLine Hole Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 feet to 50 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.85 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Inflation Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless one piece construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tri-valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnd Tensile Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection molded ends tested to 2000 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011311887\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1188 fender designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10 inch x 30 inch size of this Tuff End fender is recommended for boats in the 40 foot to 50 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Taylor Made 1188 fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from flexible, resilient marine grade vinyl in a seamless one piece construction, so there are no seams to fail under repeated compression against a dock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I inflate the 1188 Tuff End fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e A tri-valve on the fender allows inflation with either a football-style inflation needle or an air compressor, with 2 psi as the recommended inflation pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the line hole on the 10 x 30 inch Tuff End fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e This size has a 1-1\/2 inch diameter line hole, large enough to fit most dock lines and shackles without an additional rope-through kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 1188 fender made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Products Tuff End fender, part number 1188, is made in the USA for heavy duty marine applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable are the ends of the Tuff End fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The ends are injection molded and tested to 2000 psi tensile strength, which is where fenders typically see the most wear from repeated dock contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the 1188 fender come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 1188 is the white version of the Taylor Made Tuff End fender in the 10 x 30 inch size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Taylor Made 1188 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10 x 30 inch Tuff End fender, model 1188, weighs 5.85 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I know what fender size to buy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made recommends surveying your docking area to see what fender size and quantity are used on boats similar in size and weight to yours, and using that as a guideline for the 1188 or other Tuff End sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tuff End fender a genuine Taylor Made product?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, part number 1188 is a genuine Taylor Made Products Tuff End fender, not a generic aftermarket copy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat comes in the box with the 1188 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1188 listing includes one Tuff End fender; it ships uninflated and is inflated after purchase using the tri-valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 10 x 30 inch fender different from other Tuff End sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1188 in 10 x 30 inches is sized for 40 to 50 foot boats, larger than Taylor Made's 8 x 27 inch fender sized for 25 to 40 foot boats and smaller than its 19 x 50 inch fender.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989666935003,"sku":"NAT-1188","price":135.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51fSad4VJnL_7f85e84b-0684-4b69-b9d4-f732976b2b12.jpg?v=1784486620"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-1191-tuff-end-inflatable-vinyl-boat-fender-12-x-35-white-for-50-60-ft-boats","title":"Taylor Made Products 1191 Tuff End Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender, White, 12 x 35 Inches, Fits Boats 50 to 60 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 1191 Tuff End is an inflatable vinyl boat fender sized 12 inches x 35 inches, built to cushion boats between 50 feet and 60 feet from dock and hull impacts. The fender uses seamless one piece construction, making it one of the strongest fender builds available, with no seams to fail under repeated compression against a dock or piling. Its injection molded ends are tested to 2000 psi tensile strength, giving the fender durability at the points where it takes the most abuse. A tri-valve fitting allows for easy inflation with a standard football needle or an air compressor, and Taylor Made recommends inflating the fender to 2 psi. A large 1-1\/2 inch line hole accommodates most dock lines and shackles for hanging the fender from a rail or cleat. The fender body is made from flexible, resilient marine grade vinyl that resists wear and water damage over repeated use. This particular fender is finished in white and carries the 1191 model number; Taylor Made also offers this same fender in other colors, which are ordered by adding a color-number prefix to the item number. The Tuff End 1191 is made in the USA for heavy duty marine applications and is intended for boats in the 50 to 60 foot range, where its 12 x 35 inch profile provides adequate standoff and cushioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1191\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical Boat Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches x 35 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLine Hole Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 feet to 60 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7.62 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosure Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Seamless one piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTensile Strength:\u003c\/strong\u003e Injection molded ends tested to 2000 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Inflation Pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 psi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011311917\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made 1191 fender designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 1191 Tuff End fender is recommended for boats in the 50 foot to 60 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the 1191 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1191 measures 12 inches x 35 inches and is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed from flexible, resilient marine grade vinyl with seamless one piece construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 1191 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 1191 fender weighs 7.62 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I inflate the Tuff End fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e A tri-valve fitting lets you inflate the 1191 with a standard football needle or an air compressor; Taylor Made recommends inflating to 2 psi.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size line hole does the 1191 fender have?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 1191 has a 1-1\/2 inch line hole to accommodate most dock lines and shackles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow durable are the ends of this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The injection molded ends of the Taylor Made 1191 are tested to 2000 psi tensile strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 1191 fender available in other colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Tuff End fender is available in other colors in addition to the white 1191; other colors are ordered by adding a color-number prefix to the item number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Taylor Made 1191 fender manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Tuff End 1191 fender is made in the USA for heavy duty marine applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 1191 fender have seams that could fail?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 1191 uses seamless one piece construction, which Taylor Made states is the strongest fender construction in the industry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size fender for my boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e The most accurate way to select a fender size, including the 12 x 35 inch 1191, is to survey your docking area for the fender size and quantity used on boats of similar size and weight and use that as a guideline.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989667033307,"sku":"NAT-1191","price":149.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/51fSad4VJnL_6e082301-136d-4056-99d6-d82771a8e8dd.jpg?v=1784486624"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-2011-stainless-steel-fender-rack-holds-2-fenders-9-to-11-diameter","title":"Taylor Made Products Stainless Steel Fender Rack, Holds 2 Fenders 9 to 11 Inches, Part Number 2011","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Fender Rack, part number 2011, is a stainless steel storage rack built to hold two boat fenders sized 9 to 11 inches while underway or in storage. Instead of leaving fenders loose on deck or hanging over the rail while running, this rack gives them a fixed, organized mounting point, keeping the deck clear and the fenders ready to grab when it is time to dock. Stainless steel construction resists the corrosion that marine hardware is constantly exposed to from saltwater spray, rain, and humidity, so the rack holds up to long-term outdoor use on a boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rack is sized specifically for the 9 to 11 inch fender range, making it a straightforward match for boats running fenders in that size class. It mounts to a flat surface on the boat and cradles the fenders securely so they do not roll or shift with the motion of the water. For owners who want a clean, dedicated spot to stow a pair of fenders rather than tying them off individually, this two-fender unit is a simple, durable solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2011\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender Rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fenders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Size Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 to 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011322111\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fenders does the Taylor Made Products fender rack hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011, holds 2 fenders at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size fenders fit this rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fenders in the 9 to 11 inch size range fit the Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the fender rack made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel construction is used for the Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011, so it resists corrosion in a marine environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the fender rack weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011, weighs 3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this rack designed for one fender or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is a 2-fender unit, meaning the Taylor Made Products rack, part number 2011, is built to hold a pair of fenders together in one mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this rack work with fenders smaller than 9 inches or larger than 11 inches?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011, is sized for fenders between 9 and 11 inches; sizes outside that range are not specified for this rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy use a fender rack instead of hanging fenders over the rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e A dedicated rack like the Taylor Made Products part number 2011 keeps fenders stowed in a fixed spot rather than left loose or hanging, helping keep the deck organized.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for this fender rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011, is 040011322111.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the stainless steel finish resistant to rust?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the stainless steel used in the Taylor Made Products fender rack, part number 2011, is chosen to resist corrosion from saltwater and marine moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat category of boat hardware does this product fall under?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products part number 2011 is classified as a fender holder, specifically a rack for storing boat fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989668704475,"sku":"NAT-2011","price":257.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/i_f828b27d-fab0-41d4-ace4-329ea7a904a1.jpg?v=1785351794"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-22120-sully-stick-winter-mooring-buoy-6-d-x-31-l-white-with-reflective-blue-stripe","title":"Taylor Made Products Sully Stick Winter Mooring Buoy 22120, White, 6 Inch x 31 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Sully Stick Winter Stick (part number 22120) is a tapered spar buoy built to mark a mooring position through the winter season, when standard round mooring buoys risk damage from ice entrapment. Made of closed cell foam that positively displaces water to maintain buoyancy, the Sully Stick measures 6 inches at its widest point and stands 31 inches long. Its tapered shape helps it rise above the ice line rather than getting trapped and crushed the way a conventional round buoy can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe buoy is finished in white with a reflective blue stripe for visibility, and the base eyelet is reinforced with a galvanized metal bushing so a rope can be securely tied off to the anchor chain through the 1-1\/2 inch molded hole. The Sully Stick itself carries no internal ballast weight, so it requires 6-1\/2 pounds of additional chain weight attached at the base to stand vertical in the water. Once set, it sits 18 inches above the water line and carries a buoyancy rating of 15 pounds. A larger version, part number 22140, is available as a separate item for boaters who need greater visibility above the water line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22120\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Winter Mooring Buoy (Sully Stick)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Closed Cell Foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White with Reflective Blue Stripe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches (widest point)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight Above Water Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuoyancy Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMolded Hole Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Chain Weight Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6-1\/2 pounds (to stand vertical)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made Sully Stick used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 22120 is a tapered spar buoy designed to mark a mooring position during the winter months, replacing a standard round mooring buoy that risks damage from ice entrapment in freezing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the 22120 Sully Stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 6 inches at its widest point and 31 inches in length, sitting 18 inches above the water line once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much buoyancy does the 22120 provide?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 22120 Sully Stick carries a buoyancy rating of 15 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Sully Stick include ballast weight to stand upright?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the 22120 has no internal ballast weight built in; it requires 6-1\/2 pounds of additional chain weight attached at the base to stand vertical in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Sully Stick made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Sully Stick 22120 is made of closed cell foam, which positively displaces water to maintain buoyancy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you attach the Sully Stick to a mooring chain?\u003c\/strong\u003e A rope is tied through the 1-1\/2 inch molded hole at the base, which is reinforced with a galvanized metal bushing, and then connected to the anchor chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is the 22120 Sully Stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is white with a reflective blue stripe for visibility in low light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 22120 Sully Stick weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 22120 Sully Stick weighs 3.5 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a larger version of the Sully Stick available?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, Taylor Made offers part number 22140 as a separate, larger Sully Stick for boaters who need greater visibility above the water line; it is a different part number from the 22120.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Taylor Made Sully Stick made?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 22120 Sully Stick is manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Sully Stick replace a standard mooring buoy year-round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 22120 Sully Stick is intended for winter use, extending the life of a traditional mooring buoy by standing in for it during the harsh winter months and freezing water temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989669785819,"sku":"NAT-22120","price":74.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41BMZQ_Gh1L.jpg?v=1784486808"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-22140-large-sully-stick-80-mooring-buoy-traditional-sur-moor-spar-buoy-with-galvanized-retrieval-grommet","title":"Taylor Made Products Sur-Moor Mooring Buoy 22140, 80 Inch Stick Buoy, 18 Inch Diameter","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Sur-Moor mooring buoy (part number 22140) is a traditional stick-style buoy built to mark a mooring line and keep it visible and accessible at the surface. Measuring 80 inches long with an 18 inch diameter and a widest point of 6 inches, this is a larger-size buoy suited to boats and mooring setups that need a substantial, highly visible marker. The buoy's molded body has a 1-1\/2 inch hole for running the mooring line through, and it is fitted with a 1.725 inch reinforced galvanized grommet that makes it easy to grab and retrieve the line from the water. At 15 pounds, the buoy is sized to be handled at the dock or from the deck while still standing up well in open water. As part of Taylor Made Products' traditional Sur-Moor mooring buoy line, it is designed for straightforward, reliable use as a mooring line float, helping boaters locate and retrieve their mooring quickly. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22140\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Line:\u003c\/strong\u003e Sur-Moor Mooring Buoy (Traditional)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 18 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidest Point:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMolded Hole:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-1\/2 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetrieval Grommet:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.725 inches, reinforced galvanized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011736550\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCategory:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mooring Buoys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Taylor Made Sur-Moor mooring buoy 22140?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 22140 mooring buoy is 80 inches long with an 18 inch diameter and a widest point of 6 inches, making it one of the larger stick-style buoys in the Sur-Moor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does mooring buoy 22140 weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Taylor Made Products Sur-Moor buoy weighs 15 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size hole does the buoy have for the mooring line?\u003c\/strong\u003e Buoy 22140 has a 1-1\/2 inch molded hole for running the mooring line through the body of the buoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the retrieval grommet made of on this buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e A reinforced galvanized grommet measuring 1.725 inches is fitted to the 22140 buoy to make grabbing and retrieving the mooring line easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a stick-style mooring buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 22140 is a traditional Sur-Moor stick-style mooring buoy from Taylor Made Products, measuring 80 inches in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat brand makes this mooring buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e This mooring buoy, part number 22140, is manufactured by Taylor Made Products as part of its traditional Sur-Moor line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the widest point of the 22140 buoy?\u003c\/strong\u003e The widest point of the Taylor Made Sur-Moor buoy 22140 is 6 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is buoy 22140 used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is used to mark and float a boat's mooring line at the surface, keeping it visible and easy to retrieve; buoy 22140 is sized for larger mooring setups given its 80 inch length and 18 inch diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 22140 buoy come with a UPC for retail tracking?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made Sur-Moor mooring buoy 22140 carries UPC 040011736550.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 22140 mooring buoy suitable for larger boats?\u003c\/strong\u003e With its 80 inch length and 18 inch diameter, the 22140 buoy is one of the larger sizes in the Sur-Moor mooring buoy line, suited to mooring setups that need a substantial, highly visible marker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the grommet on the Sur-Moor buoy 22140?\u003c\/strong\u003e The grommet on buoy 22140 is reinforced galvanized metal, measuring 1.725 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670015195,"sku":"NAT-22140","price":99.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/i_f6fddc2e-0d52-421f-ade5-44be23bd65ad.jpg?v=1785351794"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-310162p-boat-fender-kit-6-in-x-22-in-white-fender-pair-with-black-6-ft-floating-lines","title":"Taylor Made 310162P Cylindrical Fender Kit, 6 x 22 Inch, White with Black Rope, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made 310162P is a cylindrical fender kit sized 6 x 22 inches, sold as a matched pair to protect both sides of a boat's hull from dock and piling contact. Each fender is molded from tough UV-resistant marine vinyl designed to withstand sun exposure, saltwater, and repeated rubbing against docks without cracking or fading. Raised ribs run along the body of each fender to help it roll and absorb impact rather than scuff the hull finish, reducing wear on gelcoat during mooring and tie-up. Inflation is handled through a needle-style valve, letting owners adjust firmness with a standard needle pump rather than a specialty tool. Each fender in the kit comes with its own 6 foot floating fender line already sized for hanging off a rail or cleat, so the pair is ready to deploy without buying line separately. The fenders are finished in white with black rope, a common two-tone combination that is easy to match to most hull colors and shows dirt less readily than an all-white line. At 3.6 pounds for the kit, they are light enough to move and stow by hand but substantial enough to cushion real dock contact. This kit suits runabouts, cruisers, and other recreational boats that need a dependable pair of round fenders for routine docking and slip storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 310162P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cylindrical boat fender kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pair (2 fenders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Line Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet, floating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV-resistant marine vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Needle inflation valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011919076\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Taylor Made 310162P fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each fender in the Taylor Made 310162P kit measures 6 x 22 inches, sized for typical runabouts and cruisers using round dock fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fenders come in the 310162P kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 310162P kit includes a pair of two fenders, each with its own fender line, so both sides of the hull can be protected at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is this fender kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit is white with a black rope, a two-tone combination that pairs well with most hull colors while keeping the line visually distinct.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the fender line included with the 310162P?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each fender ships with its own 6 foot floating fender line, ready to tie off to a rail or cleat without needing separate line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Taylor Made 310162P made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 310162P fenders are made of tough, UV-resistant marine vinyl built to hold up to sun and saltwater exposure over repeated dockside use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the 310162P fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflation is done through a needle-style valve, so a standard needle inflation pump can be used to adjust each fender's firmness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do these fenders have ribs on the body?\u003c\/strong\u003e The ribs on the Taylor Made 310162P help the fender roll against a dock or piling instead of dragging, which reduces scuffing on the hull finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 310162P fender kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The complete pair weighs 3.6 pounds, light enough to handle and stow easily between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 310162P sold as a single fender or a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is sold as a pair, meaning one 310162P purchase covers both fenders needed to protect either side of the boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the Taylor Made 310162P kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes two 6 x 22 inch fenders in white with black rope, each with its own 6 foot floating fender line attached or included.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670080731,"sku":"NAT-310162P","price":79.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61dzWcSfZ1L.jpg?v=1784486826"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-31006-low-freeboard-boat-fender-5-x-14-metallic-black-square-anti-roll-marine-vinyl-fender-for-fishing-and-bass-boats","title":"Taylor Made Products 31006 Low Freeboard Boat Fender, 5 x 14 Inch, Metallic Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 31006 Low Freeboard Fender is a square-shaped boat fender designed specifically for low freeboard boats, where standard round fenders tend to roll out of place and leave the hull exposed. Its unique square profile holds the fender in position against the gunwale and rubrail, offering superior protection compared to regular round fenders, especially against high docks. The fender can also be tied over the cleat to raise its position on the boat, placing protection exactly where it is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heavy-duty, marine-grade vinyl, this fender is built to withstand the demands of everyday use on the water. It includes a rubber football-style inflation valve, allowing for easy air pressure adjustment and helping extend the life of the fender. This 5 inch x 14 inch size is finished in metallic black and is manufactured in the USA by Taylor Made, a trusted name in boat fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31006\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Low Freeboard Boat Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 inches x 14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor\/Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Metallic Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty, marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber football needle valve for air pressure adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit for low freeboard boats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture:\u003c\/strong\u003e USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal fit for low freeboard boats; also compatible for use alongside other brand fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Taylor Made 31006 fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products 31006 Low Freeboard Fender measures 5 inches by 14 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fender fit any boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 31006 Low Freeboard Fender has a universal fit and is designed specifically for low freeboard boats, though it is also compatible for use alongside other brand fenders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 31006?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 31006 is finished in metallic black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is this fender square instead of round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The square shape of the Taylor Made Low Freeboard Fender holds it in position better than a round fender and prevents it from rolling out of place, giving improved protection to the gunwale and rubrail on low freeboard boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is constructed from heavy-duty, marine-grade vinyl designed to hold up to regular use on the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31006 fender includes a rubber football-style inflation valve that allows you to adjust air pressure as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the fender be positioned higher on the hull for protection against high docks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 31006 fender can be tied over the cleat to raise its position, providing better protection against high docks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 31006 fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 31006 Low Freeboard Fender weighs 1.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fender made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 31006 fender is manufactured in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat other colors is this fender available in?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5 inch x 14 inch Low Freeboard Fender is also offered in white (31005), camouflage (31043), and metallic red (31055), with part number 31006 being the metallic black version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from a standard round boat fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike a standard round fender, the square-shaped Taylor Made Low Freeboard Fender resists rolling out of place and offers increased protection specifically shaped for the gunwales and rubrail of low freeboard boats.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670179035,"sku":"NAT-31006","price":30.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/71vLi_EjSKS.jpg?v=1784486837"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-31016b2p-boat-fender-kit-6-x-22-cylindrical-fenders-with-ropes-black-2-pack","title":"Taylor Made 31016B2P Boat Fender Kit, 6 x 22 Inch, Black with Black Line, Pair","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made 31016B2P Fender Kit is a pair of 6 inch x 22 inch cylindrical boat fenders in black, each fitted with a 6 foot black floating fender line. Built from tough UV-resistant marine vinyl, the fenders are designed to withstand sun exposure and repeated contact with docks and other hulls without cracking or fading. Molded ribs run the length of each fender to help it roll along pilings and dock edges, cushioning contact and reducing hull scuffing instead of dragging or catching. Each fender inflates through a needle-style inflation valve, allowing quick firmness adjustment with a standard needle pump. The included black rope fender lines float, making them easy to retrieve if dropped overboard, and are ready to tie off to a rail or cleat without needing to source separate line. This kit includes two fenders and two lines, giving boaters a matched pair for use on both sides of the hull. The 6 x 22 inch size suits smaller to mid-size boats needing reliable side protection at the dock or when rafting up. As a complete two-piece kit, it is a straightforward way to add a matched set of fenders and lines in one purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31016B2P\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boat Fender Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Line Color:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Line Length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fenders with lines (pair)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011919090\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Needle inflation valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size are the fenders in this kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each fender in the Taylor Made 31016B2P kit measures 6 inches in diameter by 22 inches long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fenders come in the 31016B2P kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit includes a pair of two fenders, each with its own fender line, so you get both fenders you need for one side of the boat or one for each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color are the fenders and lines?\u003c\/strong\u003e Both the fenders and the fender lines in this kit are black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the fender lines float?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 6 foot fender lines included with the 31016B2P kit are floating lines, so they are easy to retrieve if dropped in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the fenders made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 31016B2P fenders are made from tough UV marine vinyl designed to resist sun exposure and repeated dock contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate these fenders?\u003c\/strong\u003e Each fender uses a needle-style inflation valve, so it can be inflated with a standard needle air pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do the fenders have ribs on them?\u003c\/strong\u003e The ribbed surface on the 31016B2P fenders helps them roll along pilings and dock edges instead of dragging, which reduces scuffing on the hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this fender kit weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 31016B2P Fender Kit weighs 3.6 pounds total for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs fender line included, or do I need to buy it separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e Fender line is included. Each fender in the 31016B2P kit comes with its own 6 foot black floating line already provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boats are these fenders suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 6 x 22 inch size of the 31016B2P fenders suits smaller to mid-size boats that need side protection at the dock or when rafting up.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670244571,"sku":"NAT-31016B2P","price":79.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/513Uwk3GgjL.jpg?v=1784486841"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-31005-low-freeboard-boat-fender-5-x-14-white-square-anti-roll-design-for-bass-boats-and-low-gunwale-hulls","title":"Taylor Made Products 31005 Low Freeboard Boat Fender, White, 5 x 14 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products 31005 is a Low Freeboard boat fender built to protect boats that sit close to the waterline, where standard round fenders tend to roll out of position. Its square, form-fitting shape holds the fender securely against the hull, keeping protection where it is needed most along the gunwales and rubrail. This design also allows the fender to be tied over the cleat, letting boat owners position it higher on the boat for better coverage against high docks and pilings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heavy-duty, marine grade vinyl, the 31005 is built to withstand repeated exposure to sun, water, and dock friction. It is equipped with a rubber football needle valve for straightforward air pressure adjustment and easy inflation, supporting a longer service life. The fender measures 5 x 14 inches and weighs 1.7 pounds, and it is finished in white to suit a wide range of boats. Each unit is manufactured in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fender is a straightforward fit for any boat that needs low-freeboard protection, including bass boats and other low-sitting fishing boats, and works as a standalone fender or alongside other Taylor Made fenders for full-length hull coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31005\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 x 14 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Square, low freeboard design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber football needle valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible With:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boats, including low freeboard and bass boats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011310057\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Taylor Made 31005 boat fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 31005 measures 5 x 14 inches, making it the standard size in the Low Freeboard fender lineup, and it weighs 1.7 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat makes a Low Freeboard fender different from a regular round fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31005 has a square, form-fitting shape designed to wrap against the hull of low freeboard boats, which holds it in position better and prevents it from rolling out of place the way a standard round fender can.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 31005 fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from heavy-duty, marine grade vinyl designed to hold up to repeated exposure to sun, water, and dock contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the 31005 be tied higher on the boat for protection against tall docks?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the square shape of the 31005 allows it to be tied over the cleat, which raises its position on the boat for added protection against high docks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the Taylor Made 31005?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31005 includes a rubber football needle valve for air pressure adjustment, allowing it to be inflated or adjusted with a standard needle valve pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the 31005 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This part number, 31005, is the white version of the Low Freeboard fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 31005 fender made in the USA?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 31005 Low Freeboard fender is manufactured in the USA by Taylor Made Products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat boats is the 31005 fender best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31005 is designed for low freeboard boats, such as bass boats and other low-sitting fishing boats, where it protects the gunwales and rubrail better than a standard fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Taylor Made 31005?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31005 Low Freeboard fender carries a 90 day manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when you order the 31005?\u003c\/strong\u003e Ordering the 31005 gets you one Taylor Made Low Freeboard Fender in white, measuring 5 x 14 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670310107,"sku":"NAT-31005","price":27.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/41kc8jcAmZS.jpg?v=1784486844"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-hull-gard-inflatable-boat-fender-black-onyx-5-5-x-20-mpn-31722-fits-boats-15-to-20-ft","title":"Taylor Made Products Hull Gard Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender, Black Onyx, 5.5 x 20 Inches","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Hull Gard is an inflatable vinyl boat fender designed to cushion your hull against docks, pilings, and other boats. Built in an oval shape, it is recommended for boats 15 to 20 feet in length and provides a combination of softness and strength intended to absorb the constant pull of everyday fender use. The oval profile is designed to minimize rolling out of position, which helps keep the fender in place along the hull and reduces hull rub compared to a fender that spins or shifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe vinyl body is reinforced and molded-in to withstand repeated use, and the fender ships custom inflated to the right pressure for maximum effectiveness. Inflation and pressure adjustment are handled through a rubber football needle valve, which is standard across all Hull Gard sizes and allows boaters to fine-tune firmness for their application. This fender is finished in Black Onyx and measures 5.5 inches by 20 inches. It is made in the U.S.A. And is backed by a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting; if the fender fails, Taylor Made Products will replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31722\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hull Gard Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Onyx\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5 inches x 20 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItem Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 x 6 x 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15 to 20 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber football needle valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Count:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender 31722 recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e This 5.5 x 20 inch Hull Gard fender is recommended for boats 15 to 20 feet in length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Hull Gard fender come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 31722 is finished in Black Onyx.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Hull Gard fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hull Gard fender is made from vinyl, reinforced and molded-in to withstand the constant pull of everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the Hull Gard fender oval-shaped instead of round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval design is intended to prevent the fender from rolling out of position, which minimizes roll and reduces hull rub compared to a round fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the Hull Gard fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products 31722 uses a rubber football needle valve for inflation, allowing the firmness to be adjusted to suit different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hull Gard fender ship inflated or deflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e It ships custom inflated to the correct pressure for maximum effectiveness, so it is ready to use out of the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the Hull Gard fender 31722?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fender measures 5.5 inches by 20 inches, with overall item dimensions of 20 x 6 x 6 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the Hull Gard fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender weighs 1.6 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hull Gard fender covered by a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Hull Gard fender carries a lifetime guarantee against splitting or bursting; if it fails, Taylor Made Products will replace it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Hull Gard fender manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 31722 is made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many fenders come in the package?\u003c\/strong\u003e The listing for Taylor Made Products 31722 includes one Hull Gard fender.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670473947,"sku":"NAT-31722","price":19.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61u8Y98pJjS.jpg?v=1784486858"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-pontoon-corner-gard-boat-fender-31038-flexible-pvc-corner-guard-3w-x-12l-fits-radius-90-degree-aluminum-pontoon-corners-includes-stainless-fasteners","title":"Taylor Made Products Pontoon Corner-Gard Fender 31038, Silver, 3 Inch W x 12 Inch L, PVC Corner Bumper","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Corner-Gard, part number 31038, is a PVC corner fender built to protect the aluminum corners of a pontoon boat from dock and rub-rail impacts. It mounts directly over the factory aluminum corner of the pontoon deck and secures in place with the included stainless steel fasteners, giving that vulnerable corner a cushioned buffer against dings and scrapes that commonly occur when docking or when rafting a pontoon boat alongside a conventional hull boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasuring 3 inches wide by 12 inches long, the Corner-Gard is sized to run along the corner profile of the pontoon deck for focused protection right where impacts happen most. It is finished in silver, a color chosen to blend in with aluminum decking so the fender protects without standing out. Construction is flexible PVC, which absorbs and cushions impact rather than transferring it into the aluminum fencing, helping prevent the dents and dings that reduce a pontoon boat's resale value over time. Installation is straightforward: position the Corner-Gard over the aluminum corner and fasten it down with the included stainless hardware, no drilling or fabrication required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31038\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pontoon Corner-Gard Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.2 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel fasteners included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit for pontoon boat corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Equivalent Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e TM31038\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011802811\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUniversal fit for pontoon boats, designed to mount over the factory aluminum corner of the pontoon deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eReplaces (OEM)\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOEM equivalent part number TM31038.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Taylor Made 31038 Corner-Gard protect?\u003c\/strong\u003e It protects the corner of a pontoon boat's aluminum deck fencing from dock impacts and dings, which is especially useful when rafting a pontoon boat against a conventional hull boat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Corner-Gard fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31038 Corner-Gard measures 3 inches wide by 12 inches long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the 31038 Corner-Gard attach to the boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It mounts over the factory aluminum corner of the pontoon deck and secures in place using the included stainless steel fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the 31038 fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from flexible PVC (polyvinyl chloride), which cushions impacts rather than transferring them to the aluminum fencing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 31038?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 31038 is finished in silver, a shade selected to blend in with aluminum pontoon decking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre mounting fasteners included with the 31038 Corner-Gard?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, stainless steel fasteners are included so no separate hardware purchase is needed to install the 31038 Corner-Gard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 31038 Corner-Gard a universal fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 31038 Corner-Gard is designed as a universal fit for pontoon boat aluminum corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes Taylor Made offer the Corner-Gard in other colors?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Corner-Gard line is also available as part number 31030 in white, 31035 in Silver Mist, and 31037 in Aurora Gold; part number 31038 is the silver version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an OEM equivalent number for the 31038 Corner-Gard?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the OEM equivalent part number for the Taylor Made 31038 Corner-Gard is TM31038.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 31038 Corner-Gard weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 31038 Corner-Gard weighs 2.2 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the 31038 Corner-Gard prevent dock rash on pontoon corners?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its PVC construction provides a cushioned buffer over the aluminum corner, which helps prevent the dings and dock rash that occur during docking or rafting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670572251,"sku":"NAT-31038","price":31.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/NAT-31038__51394.1722364802.500.750.jpg?v=1785188910"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-31032-pontoon-fence-saver-fender-white-9w-x-36l","title":"Taylor Made 31032 Pontoon Fence Saver Fender, White, 9 Inch x 36 Inch, ABS Plastic","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made 31032 Pontoon Fence Saver Fender is a specialty fender built to protect a pontoon boat's fencing and railing from impacts and scratches while docked or underway. It is built from solid, durable ABS plastic that resists chemicals and physical impacts, so it holds up to repeated contact with docks, pilings, and other boats without cracking or degrading. Measuring 9 inches wide by 36 inches long, it provides generous coverage along the rail line, shielding a wide span of fencing in a single unit rather than relying on multiple small bumpers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward thanks to an adjustable strap with a buckle attachment, allowing the fender to be fitted snugly to a boat's fence or railing and preventing slippage during docking and mooring. The white finish matches common pontoon trim and fencing colors while also improving visibility on the water. At 3 pounds, it is light enough to mount and reposition without added strain on the railing, making it a practical, low-maintenance way to keep a pontoon's fencing looking new.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31032\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Category:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specialty Fenders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e ABS plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solid, resistant to chemicals and physical impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9 inches W x 36 inches L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable strap with buckle attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011330321\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the Taylor Made 31032 Pontoon Fence Saver Fender made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of solid ABS plastic that is resistant to both chemicals and physical impacts, giving the 31032 fence saver durability against repeated contact with docks and railings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the 31032 fence saver fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e It measures 9 inches wide by 36 inches long, providing extended coverage along a pontoon boat's fencing or railing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does the Taylor Made 31032 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This fence saver fender is finished in white, which matches common pontoon fencing and trim colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the 31032 fence saver weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made 31032 weighs 3 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this fender attach to a pontoon boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e An adjustable strap with a buckle attachment secures the 31032 fence saver to the boat's fence or railing, allowing for quick, tool-free installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the strap be adjusted to fit different rail sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the Taylor Made 31032 uses an adjustable strap so it can be fitted snugly to varying fence or railing dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of boat is this fence saver designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31032 is a pontoon fence saver, designed specifically to protect a pontoon boat's fencing and railing rather than a traditional hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 31032 protect against scratches and impacts?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its solid ABS plastic construction is built to resist physical impacts, helping prevent scratches and damage to the boat's fencing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Taylor Made 31032 resistant to chemicals?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the ABS plastic used in the 31032 fence saver is resistant to chemicals as well as physical impacts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the UPC for the Taylor Made 31032 fence saver?\u003c\/strong\u003e The UPC for the Taylor Made 31032 Pontoon Fence Saver Fender is 040011330321.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670605019,"sku":"NAT-31032","price":159.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/Untitled-1__65644.1756308580.500.750.jpg?v=1785188146"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-31723-hull-gard-inflatable-boat-fender-black-onyx-6-5-x-23-for-boats-20-to-25-ft","title":"Taylor Made Products Hull Gard Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender, Black Onyx, 6.5 x 23 Inches, for Boats 20 to 25 Feet","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender is an inflatable vinyl utility fender designed to protect boat hulls from dock rub and impact during mooring, docking, and rafting. Built in a distinctive oval profile, the shape helps keep the fender in place along the hull rather than rolling out of position, reducing hull rub compared to round fenders. This 6.5 inch x 23 inch size is recommended for boats in the 20 to 25 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fender is constructed of vinyl that combines softness with strength to absorb repeated contact without splitting or bursting. A rubber football-style needle valve allows the fender to be inflated or adjusted to the firmness needed for the application, and it ships already inflated to the correct pressure for maximum effectiveness. The fender features reinforced molded-in construction built to withstand the constant pull of everyday use. Finished in Black Onyx, it is made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31723\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Name:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hull Gard Inflatable Vinyl Boat Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black Onyx\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFender Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5 inches x 23 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Boat Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 to 25 feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShape:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rubber football needle valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.08 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Origin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size boat is the Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender, part number 31723, designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31723 Hull Gard fender is recommended for boats in the 20 to 25 foot range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Hull Gard fender, part number 31723, measures 6.5 inches by 23 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does part number 31723 come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Hull Gard fender is finished in Black Onyx.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the Hull Gard fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made of vinyl, chosen for a combination of softness and strength that resists splitting or bursting under repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is the fender oval shaped instead of round?\u003c\/strong\u003e The oval design of the Hull Gard fender, part 31723, helps prevent the fender from rolling out of position, which reduces hull rub compared to a round fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Hull Gard fender ship inflated?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 31723 Hull Gard fender ships custom inflated to the correct pressure for maximum effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you adjust the firmness of the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The fender uses a rubber football-style needle valve that allows the firmness to be adjusted for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does this fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products Hull Gard fender, part number 31723, weighs 2.08 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere is the Hull Gard fender manufactured?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 31723 Hull Gard fender is made in the U.S.A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Hull Gard fender durable for everyday docking use?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, it features reinforced molded-in construction built to withstand the constant pull of everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670670555,"sku":"NAT-31723","price":38.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/61u8Y98pJjS_dbf4e70a-3395-453c-a02a-e7fe1cabc4f1.jpg?v=1784486868"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-347-dock-bumper-small-straight-36-l-x-8-t-x-6-d-white-vinyl-dock-edge-protector","title":"Taylor Made Products 36 Inch Marine Bumper, White Dock Fender, Small Straight (Model 347)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Marine Bumper (Model 347) is a small straight dock bumper measuring 36 inches long, 8 inches tall, and 6 inches in diameter, built to cushion your boat's hull from docks, pilings, and other vessels during docking or rafting. Inside, a core of high-density closed cell polyethylene foam provides firm, resilient impact absorption that will not lose shape or waterlog over time. The core is wrapped in a tough vinyl\/polyester tri-laminate covering engineered to resist UV fading, tearing, and general wear from sun and water exposure, so the bumper holds its finish and performance season after season. Corrosion-proof grommets are set into the ends of the bumper, allowing quick, secure attachment with line or hardware to a dock, piling, rail, or gunwale without the grommets rusting or seizing. Finished in white, it is sized as a compact straight bumper suited to smaller boats, personal watercraft, and tight docking or rafting situations where a full-length fender is not needed. Its straight profile lets it sit flush along a hull or dock edge for consistent, even protection at the point of contact. This is a universal-fit dock accessory, not tied to a specific boat make or model, and installs anywhere a dock line or mounting point can be run through the end grommets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 347\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine Bumper \/ Dock Fender\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Small Straight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-density closed cell polyethylene foam with vinyl\/polyester tri-laminate cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.55 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011675033\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-proof grommets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUV Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Water resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is the Taylor Made Products bumper model 347?\u003c\/strong\u003e Model 347 measures 36 inches long, 8 inches tall, and 6 inches in diameter, classified as a small straight dock bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color does this bumper come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e Model 347 is finished in white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the bumper filled with?\u003c\/strong\u003e It uses a core of high-density closed cell polyethylene foam, which keeps its shape and cushioning ability even after repeated impacts and water exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the outer covering made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e A vinyl\/polyester tri-laminate blend covers the foam core, chosen for UV resistance and tear resistance so the bumper does not crack or fade with sun exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the bumper attach to my dock or boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Corrosion-proof grommets are set into the ends of the Taylor Made Products 347 bumper, allowing it to be tied off or hardware-mounted without the grommets rusting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this bumper fit my specific boat model?\u003c\/strong\u003e The 347 is a universal-fit dock bumper, not restricted to a particular boat make or model, so it works on any boat or dock where a 36 inch straight bumper is appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this bumper suitable for personal watercraft?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, its compact straight profile makes the 347 suitable for smaller boats and personal watercraft in addition to standard docking and rafting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the bumper weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products model 347 weighs 2.55 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is model 347 different from the larger 348 bumper?\u003c\/strong\u003e Model 347 is the small straight bumper at 36 inches long, while the 348 is a larger straight bumper at 60 inches long; both share the same 8 inch by 6 inch profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bumper resistant to sun and water damage?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the vinyl\/polyester tri-laminate cover on the 347 is UV resistant and water resistant, so it holds up under continuous outdoor exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included when I order this bumper?\u003c\/strong\u003e You receive one Taylor Made Products marine bumper, model 347, with corrosion-proof grommets already installed for attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670768859,"sku":"NAT-347","price":57.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/31pXYBABWTL.jpg?v=1784486876"},{"product_id":"taylor-made-products-31030-pontoon-rail-fender-adjuster-white-3-in-w-x-12-in-l-aluminum-matched-rail-guard-with-stainless-fasteners","title":"Taylor Made Products Pontoon Boat Fender, White, 3 x 12 Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Taylor Made Products Pontoon Boat Fender protects your pontoon tubes from dock rash, rail contact, and rafting dings. Built from marine-grade vinyl, it mounts along the pontoon rail or deck edge and is secured with the included stainless steel fasteners for a solid, rattle-free fit. An integrated rubber football-style valve makes inflation quick and simple, and the fender's molded ridge hooks help it stay seated underneath the pontoon deck once installed, so it will not slide or shift during docking or when rafting alongside another hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis fender is finished in White and measures 3 inches wide by 12 inches long, sized to fit along the pontoon rail without overwhelming the tube profile. It uses a universal fit design intended to accommodate most styles of pontoon boats, and optional securing points let you adapt the mounting to your specific rail setup. The White finish is one of several color options Taylor Made Products offers in this fender line, each sold under its own part number, so boat owners can match their existing trim or hardware finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taylor Made Products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer Part Number:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31030\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColor:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Marine-grade vinyl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 pounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVehicle Service Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pontoon boat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFit Type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Universal fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless steel fasteners included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInflation Valve:\u003c\/strong\u003e Integrated rubber football-style valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUPC:\u003c\/strong\u003e 040011310309\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat color is part number 31030?\u003c\/strong\u003e Part number 31030 is the White version of the Taylor Made Products pontoon boat fender; the same fender is also offered in Silver Mist and Aurora Gold under separate part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size is this pontoon fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products pontoon fender (31030) measures 3 inches wide by 12 inches long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the fender attach to the pontoon boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e It secures using the included stainless steel fasteners, with optional securing points to accommodate most styles of pontoon boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material is the fender made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e This Taylor Made pontoon fender is made from marine-grade vinyl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the fender weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e The Taylor Made Products pontoon fender, part 31030, weighs 4 pounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do you inflate the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Inflation is done through an integrated rubber football-style valve built into the fender.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fender fit any pontoon boat?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the 31030 pontoon fender uses a universal fit design intended to work with most styles of pontoon boats.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat keeps the fender from sliding out of position?\u003c\/strong\u003e Molded ridge hooks underneath the pontoon deck help hold the Taylor Made fender in place once it is mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fender genuine Taylor Made Products, not an off-brand copy?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, this is a genuine Taylor Made Products fender, part number 31030.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e The package includes one pontoon fender along with the stainless steel fasteners needed for mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this fender good for rafting boats together?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, the vinyl construction of the 31030 fender is designed to cushion contact when rafting a pontoon boat alongside another hull.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre other colors available in this same fender?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes, besides the White finish of part 31030, Taylor Made Products offers this fender in Silver Mist (31035) and Aurora Gold (31037) as separate part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor Made Products","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48989670801627,"sku":"NAT-31030","price":49.06,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/files\/1__06743.1756309234.500.750.jpg?v=1785189064"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0839\/7586\/4539\/collections\/2455_03_750x518_258d61d9-5ee7-45ec-a9b7-2cd14702273e.jpg?v=1785356915","url":"https:\/\/www.goodvibesmarina.com\/collections\/gvcat-docking-fendering-boat-fenders.oembed","provider":"Good Vibes Marina","version":"1.0","type":"link"}